Skip to main content

Full text of "Vivekachudamani of Sri Sankaracharya [microform] : text, with English translation, notes and an index"

See other formats


Pfc...»^.:c-v 


5«? 


■:  \ 


VIVEKA  -  CHUDAMANI 


OF 


SRI  SANKARACHARYA 


HKEHY  N 

iRARY   I 

VERSITY  OF     I 
^LffORNIA/ 


\ 


Himalayan  Scries  So.   XL! II. 

VIYEKAGHUDAMANI 

OF 

SRI  SANKARACHARYA 

Text  with  English  Translation,  Notes 
and  an  Index, 

BY 
SWAMI  MADHAVANANDA. 


• ■.;.^.  A 


THE  ADVAITA  A5HRAMA,  MAYAVATI, 
Dt.  Almora,  Himalayas. 


1921 

All  righlb  received,  j  [  i'lice  Rs.  T>vo, 


Published  by  Swaml  Madhavaoaada,  Presldeatf 
Advaita  Ashrama,  Mayavati. 

Printed  by  Mohan  Lai  Sah  Chowdhary 

at  the  Prabuddha  Bharata  Press,  Mayavati, 

Dt.  Almora. 


b  133 

S39I/53 

nil 


FOREWORD 

Scarcely  any  introductiou  is  needed  for 
a  book  that  professes  to  be,  as  its  title-7~ 
'Crest-jewel  of  Discrimination  ' — shows,  a 
masterpiece  on  Advaita  V^edanta,  the 
cardinal  tenet  of  which  is:  Wp  ^  "if^^fi^^^JT 
Sftfr  ar|r^  ^TTT^:— 'Brahman  alone  is  real,  tlie 
universe  is  unreal  and  the  individual  soul 
is  no  other  than  the  Universal  Soul.' 
Being  an  original  production  of  Sankara's 
genius,  the  book  combines  with  a  search- 
ing analysis  of  our  experience  an  authori- 
tativencss  and  a  depth  of  sincerity  that 
at  once  carry  conviction  into  the  heart  of 
its  readers.  The  whole  book  is  instinct 
with  the  prophetic  vision  of  a  Seer,  a 
man  of  Realisation,  and  the  expression, 
too,  is  so  lucid  and  poetical  that  quite  a 
new  life  has  been  breathed  into  the  dry 
bones  of  philosophical  discussion,  and 
that,  too,  on  the  most  abstruse  subject 
ever  known. 

In   preparing  this   edition,   which  is   a 
reprint  in  book -form  ti  om  the  Piabuddh'i 

r.  803 


[  ii  ] 

Bhaiata,  the  translator  gratefully  ac- 
knowledges his  indebtedness  to  the  ad- 
mirable Sanskrit  commentary  of  Swami 
Kesavacharya  of  the  Munimandal,  Kan- 
khal,  which  along  with  the  Hindi  trans- 
lation wonld  be  highly  useful  to  those  who 
want  a  fuller  knowledge  of  this  book. 

For  facility  of  reference  an  Index  has 
been  added,  and  the  book,  it  is  hoped, 
will  in  its  present  form  be  a  vade-mecum 
to. all  students  of  Advaita:  Philosophy^ 

M. 


ViVekAchudAmani. 


^^%?TfriftT^rf?rnr^'f  ?m'TT^':fl[  i 


•v,  r^ 


I.  I  bow  to  Govinda,  whose  nature  is  Bliss 
Supreme,  who  is  the  Sadguru,  who  can  be 
known  only  from  the  import  of  all  Vedanta, 
and  who  is  beyond  the  reach  of  speech  and 
mind. 

['Viveka'  means  discrimination,  '  Chuda '  is 
crest,  and  *  Man i,"  jewel.  Hence  the  title  means 
*  Crest-jewel  of  discrimination.'  Just  as  the  jewel 
on  the  crest  of  a  diadem  is  the  most  conspicuous 
ornament  on  a  person's  body,  so  the  present 
treatise  is  a  masterpiece  among  works  treating  of 
discrimination  between  the  Real  and  the  unreal. 

In  this  opening  stanza  salutation  is  made  to 
God  ( Govinda),  or  to  the  Guru,  in  his  absolute 
aspect.  It  may  be  interesting  to  note  that  the 
name  of  Sankara's  Guru  was  Govindapada,  and  the 
Sloka  is  ingeniously  composed  so  as  to  admit  of 
both  interpretations. 

Sadgiirii — lit.  the  highly  qualified  preceptor,  and 
may  refer  either  to  Sankara's  own  Guru  or  to  God 
Himself,  who  is  the  Guru  of  Gurus.  ] 

A 


2  VIVEKACHUDAMAWI 

2.  Foff  all  bemgs  a  huma?!!i  birth  is  di& 
cult  to  obtain,  more  so  is-  a  ma^ie  body,, 
rarer  thai5  that  is  Brahmmhood,  rarer  still  is 
the  attaGhment!  to  tfee  path  of  ¥edic  religion  ; 
higher  than  thiis  is  eruditioft  in  the  Scriptures  ; 
discrimination  between  the  Self  and  not- 
Self,  Realisation,  and  co-ntia'oing  in  a  state  o£ 
identity  with  Brahm^n^ — these  come  next  ini 
order.  (  This  kind  of  )  Mukts  m  not  to  be 
attained  except  throisgh  the  weU-earnecS 
merits  of  a  hundred  crore  of  births, 

3.  There  are  three  things  whkh  are  ra? e  in^ 
deed  and  are  d»e  to  the  grace  of  God — namely^ 
a  human  birth^  the  longjng  for  Liberation^ 
and  the  protecting  care  of  a  perfected  sage, 

4.  The  man  who  having  by  some  mear^ 
obtained  a  human  birth,  with  a  male  body 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  3- 

and  mastery  of  the  Vcdas  to  boot,  is 
foolish  enough  not  to  exert  for  self-liberation, 
verily  commits  suicide,  for  he  kills  himself  by 
clinging  to  things  unreal. 

5.  What  greater  fool  is  there  than  the 
man  who  having  obtained  a  rare  human  body, 
and  a  masculine  body  too,  neglects  to 
achieve  the  real  end  of  this  life. 

[  The  real  end  &c.—v\z.  Liberation.  ] 

^^  'inmiir  *r^^  ^^^- ' 

6.  Let  people  quote  scriptures  and  sacri- 
fice to  the  gods,  let  them  perform  rituals  and 
worship  the  deities,  there  is  no  Liberation  for 
anyone  without  the  realisation  of  one's  identity 
with  the  Atman,  no,  not  even  in  the  lifetime 
of  a  hundred  Brahmas  put  together. 

[  Lifetime  &c. — i.  e.,  an  indefinite  length  of  time. 
One  day  of  Brahma  ( the  Creator  )  is  equivalent  to 
432  million  years  of  human  computation,  which  is 
supposed  to  be  the  duration  of  the  world.  ] 


*^   ^cT  TfT   „. 


^Tfar  m^T^t  g%t^^  ^z  ?m:  iivsii 


4  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

7.  There  is  no  hope  of  Immortah'ty  by 
means  of  riches — such  indeed  is  the  declara- 
tion of  the  Vedas.  Hence  it  is  clear  that  works 
cannot  be  the  cause  of  Liberation. 

[The  reference  is  to  Yajnavalkya's  words  to  his 
wife  Maitreyi,  Brihadaranyaka  Il.iv.  2.  Cf.  the  Vedic 

dictum,  ^  ^T{w  T srsrarviT^^r  ^»r%%  ^^^dr^^rr^ir:— 

'Neither  by  rituals,  nor  progeny,  nor  by  riches,  but 
by- renunciation  alone  some  attained  immortality.  } 

8.  Therefore  the  man  of  learning  should 
strive  his  best  for  Liberation,  having  re- 
nounced his  desire  for  pleasures  from  external 
objects,  duly  approaching  a  good  and  generous 
preceptor,  and  fixing  his  mind  on  the  truth 
inculcated  by  him. 

[  Duly — i.  e.  according  to  the  prescribed  mode. 
(Vide  Mundaka  I.  ii.  12).  The  characteristics  of 
a  qualified  Guru  are  given  later  on  in  sloka  33.  ] 

^rnT^5"c^^TOT^  ^T^75;:S;i[{^g?Tr  115.11 

9.  Having  attained  the  Yogarudha  state, 
one  should  recover  oneself,  immersed  in  the 
sea  of  birth  and  death,  by  means  of  devotion 
to  right  discrimination. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  5 

[  Vogdrudha  state — Described  in  Gita  VI.  4. — 
'''When  one  is  attached  neither  to  sense-objects 
nor  to  actions,  and  has  given  up  all  desires,  then 
he  is  said  to  be  Yogdrudha  or  to  have  ascended 
the  Yoga-path."  ] 

^^cTT  qft^lw^Rm^mn  ^^1%^:  II? oil 

10.  Let  the  wise  and  erudite  man,  having 
commenced  the  practice  of  the  reah'sation  of 
the  Atman,  give  up  all  works  and  try  to 
cut  loose  the  bonds  of  birth  and  death. 

S^All  works — only  Sakdma-Karma  or  works  per- 
formed with  a  view  to  gaining  more  sense-enjoy- 
ment are  meant,  not  selfless  work.  ]    ^^ 

''  *i(il"  Work  is  for  the  purification  of  the 
mind,  not  for  the  perception  of  the  reality. 
The  realisation  of  Truth  is  brought  about  by 
discrimination  and  not  in  the  least  by  ten 
millions  of  acts. 

r  [The  idea  is,  that  works  properly  done  cleanse  the 
-s  mind  of  its  impurities, /when  the  Truth  flashes  of 
C  itself.  ]  vX 


f  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

12.  By  adequate  reasoning  the  convicti©n 
of  the  reality  about  the  rope  is  gained,  which 
puts  an  end  to  the  great  fear  and  misery 
caused  by  the  snake  worked  up  in  the  deluded 
mind. 

[  Reality  of  the  rope — i.  e.  that  it  is  a  rope  and 
not  a  snake,  for  which  it  was  mistaken.  ] 

13.  The  conviction  of  the  Truth  is  seen  to 
proceed  from  reasoning  upon  the  salutary 
counsel  of  the  wise,  and  not  by  bathing  in 
the  sacred  waters,  nor  by  gifts,  nor  by 
hundreds  of  Pranayamas, 

\_The  wise — men  of  realisation.  ] 

14.  Success  depends  essentially  on  a  quali- 
fied aspirant,  and  time,  place  and  such  other 
means  are  but  auxiliaries  in  this  regard. 

[The  qualifications  will  be  enumerated  in 
stanzas  1 6  and  17.] 

15.  Hence  the  seeker  after  the  Reality  of 
the  Atman  should  take  to  reasoning,  after 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  7 

dtjly  approaching  the  Guru — who  should  be 
the  best  of  the  kiKJwers  of  Brahman,  aod  an 
ocean  of  inercy„ 

16.  The  intelligent  and  learned  man 
■skilled  in  arguing  in  favour  of  the  Scriptures 
and  refutirjg -counter-arguments  against  them, 
— one  who  has  got  the  above  characteristics  is 
the  fit  recipient  of  the  knowledge  of  the 
Atman. 

17.  The  man  of  discrimination  between 
the  Real  and  the  unreal,  whose  mind  is  turned 
away  from  the  unreal,  who  possesses  calmness 
and  the  allied  virtues,  and  Is  longing  for 
Liberation,  is  alone  co«sidered  qualified  to 
inquire  after  Brahman. 

^  ^c^^  ^ftcgr  ^T^^r%  n  %3?ri%  M?^il 

18.  Regarding  this,  sages  have  spoken  of 
four  means  of  attainment,  which  alone  being 
present,  the  devotion  to  Brahman  succeeds, 
and  ia  the  absence  of  which,  it   fails. 


8  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

19.     First  is  enumerated  the  discrimination 

i     between  the  Real  and  the  unreal,  next   comes 

*2_    the   aversion   to  the   enjoyment  of  fruits  (  of 

one's  actions  )  here   and   hereafter,   (  next  is  ) 

J    the  group  of  six  attributes,  viz.,  calmness  and 

t^     the    rest,   and   (  last )  is  clearly    the  yearning 

for  Liberation. 

Sim  ^^  ^nr%^$^^^qt  f%R^^:  I 

20  A  firm  conviction  of  the  mind  to  the 
effect  that  Brahman  is  real  and  the  universe 
unreal,  is  designated  as  the  discrimination 
(Viveka)  between  the  real  and  the  unreal. 

21.  Vairagya  or  renunciation  is  the  desire 
to  give  up  all  transitory  enjoyments  (ranging) 
from  those  of  an  (  animate  )  body  to  those  of 
Brahmahood,  ( having  already  known  their 
defects  )  from  observation,  instruction  and  so 
forth. 

[From  those ,Brahmdhoed.'^'^i2,\imi  is  the 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  9 

highest  beinjr  in  the  scale  of  relative  existence. 
The  seeker  after  Freedom  has  to  transcend  this 
scale,  undetained  by  enjoyments  implying  subject- 
object  relation,  and  realise  his  Self  as  Existence- 
Knowledge-Bliss  Absolute. 

Having  already  known  etc.— ^i^^ST^xiirf^f^J  may 
also  be  rendered  as,  *'  (the  giving  up  being  effected) 
through  all  the  enjoying  organs  and  faculties."  ] 

f^?:^^  fir^^afmif [^^^=5TT  5151*  i 

22.  The  resting  of  the  mind  steadfastly 
on  its  Goal  (  viz.  Brahman  )  after  having 
detached  itselfCfrom  the  manifold  of  sense- 
objects  by  continually  observing  their  defects, 
is  called  Sama  or  calmness. 


LV^ 


23.  Turning  both  kinds  of  sense-organs 
away  from  sense-objects  and  placing  them  in 
their  respective  centres  is  called  Dama  or 
self-control.  The  best  Uparati  or  self-with- 
drawal  consists  in  the  mind-function  ceasing 
to  act  by  means  of  external  objects. 

[  Bofh    kinds   of  organs— \\z.      The    organs  oi 
knoNvledge  and  those  of  action.  ] 


10  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

24.  The  bearing  of  all  afflictions  without 
caring  to  redress  them,  being  free  ( at  the 
same  time )  from  anxiety  or  lament  on  their 
score,  is  called  Titiksha  or  forbearance. 

25.  Acceptance  by  firm  judgment  of  the 
mind  as  true  of  what   the  scriptures   and   the 

--  >-^  Guru  instruct,  is  called  by  the  sages  Sraddha 

or  faith,  by  means  of  which  the  Reality  is 
perceived. 

[  Acceptance  by  firin  judgment  etc. — Not  to  be 
confused  with  what  is  generally  called  blind  accep- 
tance. The  whole  mind  must  attain  to  that  perfect 
state  of  assured  reliance  on  the  truth  of  instruc- 
tions received,  without  which  a  whole-hearted,  one- 
pointed  practice  of  those  instructions  is  not 
possible.  ] 

V  26.  Not  the  mere  indulgence  of  thought 
(  in  cujjosity  )  but  the  constant  concentration 
of  the  intellect  (  or  the  affirming  faculty  )  ou 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  ^7j 

the  ever-pure   Brahman   is   what    is    called 
Saraadhdna  or  self-settledness. 

[  Not  the  mere  indulgence  etc-^hat  is,  not  the 
mere  intellectual  or  philosophical  satisfaction  in 
thinking  of  or  studying  the  Truth. jj  The  intellect 
must  be  sought  to  be  resolved  into  the  higher 
activity  of  concentration  on  the  Truth.  ] 

27.  Mumukshuta  or  yearning  for  freedom 
is  the  desire  to  free  oneself,  by  realising  one's 
true  nature,  from  all  bondages  from  that  of 
egoism  to  that  of  the  body,— bondages  super- 
imposed by  Ignorance. 

5y^5f  3d:  ^5!f  sTf  ;8rT  ^^%  ^«i:  ii^'==ii 

28.  Even  though  torpid  or  mediocre,  this 
yearning  for  freedom,  through  the  grace  of  the 
Guru,  may  bear  fruit  (  being  developed  )  by 
means  of  Vairagya  ( renunciation ),  Sama 
(  calmness ),  and  so  on. 


29.     In  his  case  verily  whose  renunciation 
and  yearning  for  freedom  are  intense,  calm- 


I?  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

ness  and  the  other  practices  have  (  really  ) 
their  meaning  and  bear  fruit. 

30.  Where  ( however )  this  renunciation 
and  yearning  for  freedom  are  torpid,  there 
calmness  and  the  other  practices  are  as  mere 
appearances,  like  water  in  a  desert ! 

[  Mere  appeaf-ances  etc. — i.  e.  they  are  without 
any  stability  and  may  vanish  like  the  mirage  any 
time,  ^ox  without  burning  renunciation  and  desire 
for  Freedom,  the  other  practices  may  be  swept  off 
^\\  J  by  a  strong  impulse  of  fg^  or  some  strong  bhnd 
attachment.  ]  ) 


^N  »^, 


31.  Among  things  conducive  to  Liberation, 
Devotion  (Bhakti )  alone  holds  the  supreme 
place.  The  seeking  after  one's  real  nature  is 
designated  as  Devotion. 

[  The  seeking  etc. — This  definition  is  from  the 
Advaita  standpoint.  Dualists  who  substitute  Isvara, 
the  Supreme  Lord,  for  the  Atman  or  Supreme  Self 
immanent  in  being,  of  course  define  Bhakti  other- 
wise. For  example,  Narada  defines  it  as  gr  ^^r%^ 
M^MMH^TT — "  It  is  of  the  nature  of  extreme  love 
to  some  Being,"  and  Sandilya,  another  authority 


VIVEKAOnUDAMANI  13 

on  the  subject,  puts  it  as  m  qTT^^FFO^— "  It  is 
extreme  attachment  to  Isvara,  ihe  Lord."  On 
reflection  it  will  appear  that  there  is  not  much  dif- 
ference between  the  definitions  of  the  two  schools.] 

32-.  Others  maintain  that  the  inquiry  into 
the  truth  of  one's  own  Self  is  Devotion. 
The  inquirer  about  the  truth  of  the  Atman 
who  is  possessed  of  the  above-mentioned 
means  of  attainment  should  approach  a  wise 
preceptor,  who  confers  emancipation  from 
bondage  ; 

[  Truth  of  one's  own  self  ^c. — This  is  simply 
putting  the  statement  of  the  previous  Sloka  in 
another  way,  for  we  are  the  Atman  in  reality, 
though  ignorance  has  veiled  the  truth  from  us. 

Ahove-vie7itioned — i.  e.  in  Slokas  19  and  31.  ] 


•^  rv 


33.     Who  is  versed  in  the  Vedas,  sinless, 

unsmitten  by  desire  and  a  knower  of  Brahman 

par  excellence,  who   has  withdrawn  himself 

^     into  Brahman,(^calm,  like  fire  that  has  con- 

sumed  its  fueMwho  is  a  boundless  reservoir  of 


14  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

mercy  that  knows  no  reason,  and  a  friend  of 
all  good  people  who  prostrate  themselves  be- 
fore him ; — 

{Fire..... fuel. — Cf.  Svetasvatara,  VI.  19.  The  state 
of  mergence  in  Brahman,  and(  the  perfect  cessa- 
tion of  all  activity  of  the  relative  plane  is  meant.^ 

The  Sloka  is  an  adaptation  of  the  language  of 
Srutis.  ] 

34.  Worshipping  that  Guru  with  devotion, 
and  approaching  him,  when  he  is  pleased 
with  prostration,  humility  and  service,  (he) 
should  ask  him  what  he  has  got  to  know  : — 

3$.  O  Master,  O  friend  of  those  that  bow 
to  thee,  thou  ocean  of  mercy,  I  bow  to  thee  ; 
save  me,  fallen  as  I  am  into  this  sea  of  birth 
and  death,  with  a  straightforward  glance  of 
thine  eye,  which  sheds  nectar-like  grace 
supreme. 

[  The  expression,  abounding  in  hyperbole,  is 
characteristically  Oriental.  The  meaning  is  quite 
plain.  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  I J 

36.  Save  me  from  death,  afflicted  as  I  am 
by  the  unquenchable  fire  of  this  world-forest^ 
and  shaken  violently  by  the  winds  of  ai>  un- 
toward lot,  terrified  and  (  so  )  seeking  refuge 
in  thee,  for  I  do  not  know  of  any  other  man 
with  whom  to  seek  shelter. 

[  Forest-fire  &c. — The  world  (  Samsdra  )  \% 
commonly  compared  to  a  wilderness  on  fire.      The 

physical  and  mental  torments  are  referred  to. 

Untoward  lot — the  aggregate  of  bad  deeds  done 
in  one's  past  incarnations,  which  bring  on  the  evils 
of  the  present  life.  ] 

37.  There  are  good  souls,  calm  and 
magnanimous,  who  do  good  to  others  as  does 
the  spring,  and  who  having  themselves  crossed 
this  dreadful  ocean  of  birth  and  death,  help 
others  also  to  cross  the  same,  without  any 
motive  whatsoever. 


l6  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

[  Do  good spring — i.  e.  unasked,  out  of  their 

heart's  bounty,  as  the  spring  infuses  new  life  into 
animate  and  inanimate  nature,  unobserved  and  un- 
sought.    The  next  Sloka  follows  up  the  idea.  ] 

sT^rrnTcTHm^RT  f^m  Rf^  ll^^ll 

38.  It  is  the  very  nature  of  the  magnani- 
mous to  move  of  their  own  accord  towards 
removing  others'  troubles.  Here,  for  instance, 
is  the  moon  who,  as  everybody  knows,  volun- 
tarily saves  the  earth  parched  by  the  flaming 
rays  of  the  sun. 

HiTR?5:T:^T3^RT^T^Ir:  'jl':  ^^fr^t^- 
g^?T§[r^^5aTi^>=F;l:  ^Rf^^^W^T'5^:  ^=^^  I 

39.  O  Lord,  with  thy  nectar-like 
speech,  sweetened  by  the  enjoyment  of  the 
elixir-like  bliss  of  Brahman,  pure,  cooling 
to  a  degree,  issuing  in  streams  from  thy 
lips  as  from  a  pitcher,  and  delightful  to  the 
ear, — do  thou  sprinkle  me  who  am  tor- 
mented by  worldly   afflictions  as   by   the 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  17 

tongues  of  a  forest-fire.  Blessed  are  those 
on  whom  even  a  passing  glance  of  thine 
eye  lights,  accepting  them  as  thine  own. 

[  Stripped  of  metaphor  the  Sloka  would  mean  : 
Take  pity  on  me  and  teach  me  the  way  ont  of  this 
world  and  its  afflictions.  ] 


•s    *  rv  "^    • 


40.  How  to  cross  this  ocean  of  phe- 
nomenal existence,  what  is  to  be  my  fate, 
and  which  of  the  means  should  I  adopt: — 
as  to  these  I  know  nothing.  Condescend 
to  save  me,  O  Lord,  and  describe  at  length 
how  to  put  an  end  to  the  misery  of  this 
relative  existence. 

[  Which  of  the  means'.  Among  the  various  and 
often  conflicting  means  prescribed  in  the  Shastras, 
which  am  I  to  adopt  ?  ] 

41.  As  he  thus  speaks,  tormented  by 
the  afflictions  of  the  world — which  is  like 


B 


iS  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

a  forest  on  fire — and  seeking  his  protec-- 
tion,  the  saint  eyes  him  with  a  glance 
softened  with  pity  and  spontaneously  bidj. 
him  give  up  all  fear, 

42.  To  him  who  has  sought  his  pr De- 
tection, thirsting  for  liberation,  who  duly 
obeys  the  injunctions  of  the  scriptures,, 
who  is  of  a  pacified  mind,  and  endowed 
v/ith  calmness, — (to  such  a  one)  the  sage 
proceeds  to  inculcate  the  truth  out  of 
sheer  grace: 

[  This  verse  is  an  adaptation  of  Mundaka  Upa. 
L  ii.  13. 

To  him  who  &€. — The  adjectives  imply  that 
he  is  a  qualified  aspirant.  ] 

ITT  ^^  f^t^^^  ?rr^^TT^'. 

43.  Fear  not,  O  learned  one,  there  is 
no  death  for  thee;  there  is  a  means  of 
crossing  this  sea  of  relative  existence ;  that 


VIVE'KACHUDAMANI  19 

very  way  by  which  sages  have  gone  beyond 
it,  I  shall  inculcate  to  thee. 

44.  There  is  a  sovereign  means  which 
puts  an  end  to  the  fear  of  relative  existence ; 
through  that  thou  wilt  cross  the  sea  of 
Samsara  and  attain  bliss  supreme. 

45.  Reasoning  on  the  meaning  of  the 
Vedanta  leads  to  efficient  knowledge,  which 
is  immediately  followed  by  the  total 
annihilation  of  the  misery  born  of  relative 
existence. 

[  Efficient  hiowledge — the  highest  knowledge, 
which  consists  of  the  realisation  of  the  identity  of 
the  individual  soul  with  Brahman.  ] 

46.  Faith,  devotion  and  the  Yoga  of 
meditation — these  are  mentioned  by  the 
Sruti  as  the  immediate  factors  of  Libera'tion 


20  VlVEKACmJDAMANI 

in  the  case  of  a  seeker;  whoever  abides  in 
these,  gets  Liberation  from  the  bondage  of 
the  body,  which  is  the  conjuring  of 
Ignorance. 

[  The  reference  is  to  Kaivalya  Upanishad  i.  2. 

Faith — Shraddha,  Devotion — Bhakti.  These  have 
been  defined  in  Slokas  25  and  31,  32. 

Bondage  of  the  body — i.  e.  the  identification  of 
the  Self  with  the  body,  which  is  solely  due  to 
Ignorance  or  Avidya.  ] 

47.  It  is  verily  through  the  touch  of 
Ignorance  that  thou  who  art  the  Supreme 
Self,  findest  thyself  under  the  bondage  of 
non-Self,  whence  alone  proceeds  the  round 
of  births  and  deaths.  The  'fire  of  knowl- 
edge, kindled  by  the  discrimination  be- 
tween these  two,  burns  up  the  effects  of 
Ignorance  together  with  their  root. 

48.  The  disciple  said;  Condescend  to 
listen,  0  Master,  to  the  question   I  am 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  2*1 

putting   (to  thee)  ;  I  shall  l)e  gratified  to 
hear  a  reply  to  the  same  from  thy  lips. 

49.  What  is  Bondage,  forsooth?  How 
has  it  c^ne  (upon  the  Self)  ?  How  does 
it  continue  to  exist?  How  is  one  free^ 
from  it?  Who  is  this  non-Self?  And  who 
is  the  Supreme  Self?  And  how  can  one 
discriminate  between  them? — Do  tell  me 
about  all  these. 

50.  The  Guru  replied:  Blessed  art 
thou!  Thou  hast  achieved  thy  life's  end 
and  hast  sanctified  thy  family,  that  thou 
wishest  to  attain  Brahmanhood  by  getting 
free  from  the  bondage  of  Ignorance ! 

51.  A  father  has  got  his  sons  and 
others   to  free  him  from  his  debts,  but  he 


22  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

l;as  got  none  but  himself  to  remove   his 
bondage. 

[  In  this  and  the  next  few  Slokas  the  necessity 
of  direct  realisation  is  emphasised  as  the  only 
means  of  removing  Ignorance.  ] 

52.  The  trouble  such  as  that  caused  by 
a  load  on  the  head  can  be  removed  by 
others,  but  none  but  one's  own  self  can  put 
a  stop  to  the  pain  which  is  caused  by 
hunger  and  the  like. 

53.  The  patient  who  takes  (the  proper) 
diet  and  medicine  is  alone  seen  to  recover 
completely, — not  through  work  done  by 
others. 


54.  The  true  nature  of  things  is  to  be 
known  personally^  through  the  eye  of  clear 
illumination,  and  not  through  a  sage: 
what  the  moon  exactly  is,  is  to  be  known 


VIVEKACKUDAMANI  23 

•with   one's  own  eyes;   can    others  make 
hi  SI  know  it? 

55.  Who  but  one's  own  self  can  get 
rid  of  the  bondage  caused  by  the  fetters  of 
Ignorance,  desire,  action  and  the  like, 
aye,  even  in  a  hundred  crore  of  cycles? 

[  JgnoraJise  of  our  real  nature  as  the  blissful 
Self  leads  to  desire,  which  in  its  turn  impels  us  to 
actio?i,  entailing  countless  sufferings. 

Cycle — Kalpa,  the  entire  duration  of  the  evolved 
universe.     See  note  on  Sloka  6.  ] 


V  ♦v 


56.  Neither  by  Yoga,  nor  by  Sankhya, 
nor  .by  work,  nor  by  learning.,  but  by  the 
realisation  of  one's  identity  with  Brah- 
man is  Liberation  possible,  and  by  no 
ether  means. 

[  None  of  these,  if  practised  mecliankaUy,  will 
bring  on  the  highest  knowledge — the  absolute 
identity  of  the  }iva  and  Brahman — which  alone, 
according  to  Advaita  Vedanta,  is  the  supreme  way 
to  liberation. 

*  Yoga '  may  mean  Hathayoga  which  s^engthens 
die  body. 

According  to  the  Sankhya  philosophy  liberation 


24  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

is  achieved  by  the  discrimination  botween  Parnsha 
and  Frakriti.  The  Purusha  is  sentient  but  inactive, 
and  all  activity  belongs  to  Frakriti,  which  is 
non-sentient,  yet  independent  of  the  Purusha.  The 
Sankh.yas  also  believe  in  a  plurality  of  Purushas, 
These  are  the  main  differences  betvyeen  the 
Sankhya  and  Vedanta  philosophies. 

Work — Work  for  material  ends,  such  as  getting 
to  heaven  and  so  forth,  is  meant. 

\y^  Compare  Svetasvatara  Upa.  III.  8. — *  Seeing  Him 
V  J/L.         alone  one  transcends  death,  there  is  no  other  way.'] 

57.  The  beauty  of  a  guitar's  form  and 
the  skill  of  playing  on  its  chords  serve 
merely  to  please  same  persons,  they  do  not 
suffice  to  confer  sovereignty. 

58.  Loud  speech  consisting  of  a  shower 
of  words,  the  skill  in  expounding  Scriptures » 
and  Kkewise  erudition — these  merely  bring, 
on  a  little  personal  enjoyment  to  the 
schol'ar  but  are  no  good  for  Liberation. 

[  Book-learning  to  the  exclusion  of  realisation  is- 
deprecated  in  this  and  the  following  Slokas. 

Loud  speech. — Speech  is  divided  into  four  kinds 
according  to  its  degree  of  subtlety.     Vaikhari  is. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  25 

the  lowest  class,  and   represents  articulate  speech. 
Hence,  dabbling  in  mere  terminology  is  meant.] 

59.  The  study  of  Scriptures  is  useless 
as  long  as  the  highest  Truth  is  unknown, 
and  it  is  equally  useless  when  the  high^est 
Truth  has  already  been  known. 

[  Prior  to  realisation,  mere  book-learning  with- 
out Discrimination  and  Renunciation  is  useless 
as  it  cannot  give  us  Freedom,  and  to  the  man  of 
realisation,  it  is  all  the  more  so,  as  he  has  already 
achieved  his  life's  end.  ] 


•   rv 


60.  The  Scriptures  consisting  of  many 
words  are  a  dense  forest  which  causes  the 
mind  to  ramble  merely.  Hence  the  man  of 
wisdom  should  earnestly  set  about  knowing 
the  true  nature  of  the  Self. 

61.  For  one  who  has  been  bitten  by  the 
serpent  of  Ignorance  the  only  remedy  is 
the  knowledge  of  Bra'hman;  of  what  avail 
are  the  Vedas  and  Scriptures,  Mantras  and 
medicines  to  such  a  one  ? 


26  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

62.  A  disease  does  not  leave  off  if  one 
simply  utter  the  name  of  the  medicine, 
without  taking  it;  (similarly)  without 
direct  realisation  one  cannot  be  liberated 
by  the  mere  utterance  of  the  word  Brah- 
man. 

63.  Without  causing  the  objective  uni- 
verse to  vanish  and  without  knowing  the 
truth- of  (the  self,  how  is  one  to  achieve 
liberation  by  the  mere  utterance  of  the 
word  Brahman?— -it  would  result  merely 
in  an  effort  of  speech. 

[  Without  causing... vanish. — By  realising  one's 

identity  with  Brahman,   the  one  without  a  second^ 

f  in  Samadhi,  one  becomes  the  pure  Chit  (knowledge 

i  absolute),  and  the   duality   of  subject   and  object 

vanishes  altogether.     Short  of  this,  ignorance  which 

is  the  cause  of  all  evil  is  not  destroyed.  ] 

64.  Without  killing  one's  enemies,  and 
possessing  oneself  of  the  splendour  of  the 
entire  surrounding  region  one  cannot  claim 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  2/ 

to  be  an  emperor  by  merely  saying,   'I  am 
an  emperor.' 

65.  As  a  treasure  hidden  underground 
requires  (for  its  extraction)  competent 
instruction,  excavation,  the  removal  of 
stones  and  such  other  things  lying  above 
it  and  (finally)  grasping,  but  never  comes 
out  by  being  (merely)  called  out  by  name, 
so  the  transparent  Truth  of  the  Self,  which 
is  hidden  by  Maya  and  its  effects,  is  to  be 
attained  through  the  instructions  of  a 
knower  of  Brahman,  followed  by  reflexion, 
meditation  and  so  forth,  but  not  through 
perverted  argumentations. 

[  Nikshepah — something  remaining  hidden.  The 
idea  is — one  must  undergo  the  necessary  practice.] 

66.  Therefore  the  wise  should,  as  in 
the  case  of  disease  and  the  like,  personally 
strive  by  all  the  means  in  their  power  te 
be  free  from  the  bondage  of  repeated  births 
and  deaths. 


23  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

g;5r5fT^r  ^'jsr^rt  ^Tct^^t;^  gg^nr:  \K^\\ 

67.  The  question  that  you  have  asked 
to-day  is  excellent,  approved  by  those 
versed  in  the  Shastras,  aphoristic,  preg- 
nant with  meaning  and  fit  to  be  known  by 
the  seekers  after  Liberation. 

[  Aphoristic — terse  and  pithy.] 

68.  Listen  attentively,  O  learned  one, 
to  what  I  am  going  to  say.  By  listening 
to  it  you  shall  be  instantly  free  from  the 
bondage  of  Samsara. 

69.  The  first  step  to  Liberation  is  the 
extreme  aversion  to  all  perishable  things, 
then  follow  calmness,  self-control,  for- 
bearance, and  the  utter  relinquishment  of 
all  work  enjoined  in  the  Scriptures. 

[  Aversion,  calmness  ^/r.— These  four  have  been 
definecf  in   Slokas  20—24..    Cf.  Srmi— HTF^  ^RT 


VIVEKAGHU'DAMANI  29 

All  work  :  all  work  done  with  moti-ve,  including 
the  good  ones  prescribed  in  the  Shastras  and  those 
that  are  evil — which  men  do  prompted  by  their 
own  nature.  ] 

70.  Then  come  hearing,  reflection  on 
that,  and  long,  constant  and  unbroken 
meditation,  for  the  Muni.  After  that  the 
learned  one  attains  the  supreme  Nirvikalpa 
state  and  realises  the  bliss  of  Nirvana  even 
in  this  life. 

[  Compare  Bri.  Upa.  II.  iv.  5. 

Hearing — of  the  Truth  from  the  lips  of  the  Guru. 

Meditation — the  flowing  of  the  mind  in  one  un- 
broken stream  towards  one  object.  ^ 

Mjmi — the  man  of  reflection. 

Nirvikalpa  state — that  state  of  the  mind  in  which 
there  is  no  distinction  between  subject  and  object — 
fall   the   mental   activities  are  held  in   suspension,/ 
and  the  aspirant  is  one  with  his  Atman.)  It  is  a 
-  superconscious  _state,  bej^ond  all  relatjvity,  which  * 
\  can  \)Q/elt  by  the  fortunate  seeker,  but  cannot  be 
j  described  in  words.)  The  utmost  that  can  be  said 
of  it  is  that  it  is   inexpressible   Bliss,  and  Pure 
Consciousness.     Nirvana,    which    literally  means 
'  blown  out,'  is  another  name  for  this.  ] 


30  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

71.  Now  I  am  going  to  tell  you  fully 
about  what  you  ought  to  know — the  dis- 
crimination between  the  Self  and  non-Self. 
Listen  to  it  and  decide  about  it  in  your 
mind. 

72.  ,  Composed  of  the  seven  ingredients 
viz.,  marrow,  bones,  fat,  flesh, blood, skin, 
and  cuticle,  and  consisting  of  the  follow- 
ing limbs  and  their  parts — legs.,  thighs 
the  chest,  arms,  the  back,  and  the  head — 


»\  rs        rs     •         rv_» 


73.  — This  body,  reputed  to  be  the 
abode  of  the  infatuation  of  '  I  and  mine,' 
is  designated  by  sages  as  the  gross  body. 
The  sky,  air,  fire,  water  and  earth  are 
subtle  elements.     They — 

[  The  sky^  air  etc, — These  are  the  materials  out 


VIVEKACHUDAMANr  JC 

of  which  the  gross  body  has  been  formed.     They 
have  got  two  slates,  one  subtle  and  the  other  gross.] 


74.  Being  united  with  parts  of  one 
another  and  becoming  gross  (they)  form 
the  gross  body.  And  their  subtle  essences 
form  sense-objects — the  groups  of  five 
such  as  sound  and  the  rest  which  conduce 
to  the  happiness  of  the  experiencer,  the 
individual  soul. 

[  Being  united  ^c, — The  process  is  as  follows  : 
Each  of  the  five  elements  is  divided  into  two  parts, 
one  of  the  two  halves  is  further  divided  into  four 
parts.  Then  each  gross  element  is  formed  by 
the  union  of  one-half  of  itself  with  one-eighth  of 
each  of  the  other  four. 

Subtle  essences — Tanmdtrds. 

Form  sense-ohjects — by  being  received  by  the 
sense-organs. 

Soimd  and  ike  r^j/— sound,  touch,  smell,  taste 
and  sight. 

Happiness  &c. — Happiness  includes  its  opposite, 
— misery  also.  ] 


32  V'lVEKACHUDAMANI 

iRmf?cT  fsrqr?^^  ^f'S^- 

5E^^^f^^  ^^5r  #r&T:  llvsv^ll 

75.  Those  fools  who  are  tied  to  these 
sense-objects  by  the  stout  cord  of  attach- 
ment, so  very  difficult  to  snap,  come  and 
depart,  up  and  down,  carried  amain  by  the 
powerful  emissary  of  one's  own  action. 

[  Come  and  depart  &c. — Become  sabject  to 
t>irth  and  death  and  assume  various  bodies  from 
those  of  angels  to  those  of  brutes,  according  t©  the 
merits  of  their  work. 

Powerful  emissary  &c. — Just  as  culprit  seizing 
things  not  belonging  to  him  is  put  in  fetters  and 
sentenced  by  the  royal  affair  in  various  ways,  so 
the  Jiva,  oblivious  of  his  real  nature,  through  his 
attachment  to  sense-object  is  subjected  to  various 
kinds  of  misery.  ] 

^c^rf^nr:  q^w:^  q^ 

76.  The  deer,  the  elephant,  the  moth,' 
the  fish  and  the  black-bee — these  five  have 
died,  being  tied  to  one  or  other  of  the  five 
senses  viz.,  sound  etc.,  through  their  own 
attachment.  What  then  is  in  store  for 
man  who  is  attached  to  all  these  five ! 

[  Their  own  attachment :  The  word  *  guna '  in 
the  text  means  both  *  a  rope '  and  *  a  tendency.'  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMAM  33 


r  r- 


11 .  Sense-objects  are  more  virulent  in 
their  evil  effects  than  the  poison  of  the 
cobra  even.  Poison  kills  one  who  takes  it, 
but  those  others  kill  one  vvho  even  looks 
at  them  through  the  eyes. 

\Looksat   them eyes. — The    mention   of   the 

eyes  here  is  only  typical,  and  implies  the  other 
sense-organs  also  ;  contact  with  the  external  world 
by  any  organ,  is  intended.  ] 

^  o;^  3^^  g^^  ^T?^:  ^^T^^fk  llvs'^^ll 

78.  He  who  is  free  from  the  terrible 
fetters  of  the  hankering  for  the  sense- 
objects  so  very  difficult  to  get  rid  of,  is 
alone  fit  for  liberation,  and  none  else. — 
even  though  he  be  versed  in  all  the  six 
Shastras. 

[  Six  Shastras. — The  six  schools  of  Indian 
philosophy  are  meant.  Mere  book-learning  with- 
out ^h^Jieart^sj^earning  for  emancipationywill  net 
produce  any  effect.  ] 

c 


34  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

79.  Those  seekers  after  liberation  wlicf- 
have  got  only  an  apparent  dispassiont 
(Vairagya)  and  are  trying  to  cross  the 
ocean  of  Samsara  (relative  existence),  the 
shark  of  hankering  catches  by  the  throat 
and  violently  snatching  away  drowns-them. 

half-way. 

[  Snatching  away — from  the  pursuit  of  Brahma- 
]nana.  ] 

80.  He  who  has  killed  the  shark  known, 
as  sense-object  with  the  sword  of  mature 
dispassion,  crosses  the  ocean  of  Sanlsa;:aj, 
free  from  all  obstacles. 

[  Dispassion — Vairagya.  ] 


rv   r- 


81 .  Know  that  death  quickly  overtakes^ 
the  stupid  man  who  walks  along  the  dread- 
ful ways  of  sense-pleasure,  whereas  one 
who  vt^alks  in  accordance  with  the  in- 
structions of  a  well-wishing  and  worthy 
Guru,  as  also  his  own  reasoning,  achieyas. 
his  end— know  this  to  be  true. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  35 

82.  If  indeed  thou  hast  a  craving  for 
liberation  shun  sense-objects  from  a  good 
distance  as  thou  wouldst  do  poison  and  al- 
ways cultivate  carefully  the  nectar-like 
virtues  of  contentment,  compassion,  for- 
giveness, straight-forwardness,  calmness 
and  self-control. 

83.  Whoever  leaves  aside  what  should 
always  be  attempted,  viz.,  the  emancipa- 
tion from  the  bondage  of  Ignorance  with- 
out beginning,  and  passionately  seeks  to 
nourish  this  body — which  is  an  object  for 
others  to  enjoy — commits  suicide  thereby. 

[  For  othtrs  to  enjoy :  to  be  eaten  perchance  by 
dogs  ^nd  jackals  after  death.  ] 

8j4-.     Whoever  seeks  to  realise  the  Self 


36  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

by  devoting  himself  to  the  nourishment  of 
the  body,  proceeds  to  cross  a  river  by 
catching  hold  of  a  crocodile,  mistaking  it 
for  a  log. 

85.  So  for  a  seeker  after  liberation  the 
infatuation  over  things  like  the  body  is  a 
dire  death.  He  who  has  thoroughly  con- 
quered this  deserves  the  state  of  freedom. 

[  Infatuation. — That  I  am  the  body  or  that  the 
body  etc.  are  mine.  ] 

^  rar^T  g^T'jft  ^w^  crm^wt-  ^^^  ^5:r  ii^e 

86.  Conquer  the  infatuation  over  things 
like  the  body,  one's  wife  and  children, — 
conquering  which  the  sages  reach  that 
Supreme  State  of  Vishnu. 

[  Supreme  State    of    Vishnu. — From    Rig- Veda, 

1.  Xxii.  20-2I.  J 


87.  This  gross  body  is  to  be  deprecated 
for  it  consists  of  the  skin,  flesh,  blo®d, 
arteries  and  veins,  fat,  marrow  and  bones ^ 
and  full  of  other  offensive  things. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  3/ 


^  •s  *s 


^^^rTY^  ^^^:  ^^^q*:  'j^^i^WT  I 

88.  This  gross  body  is  produced  by 
one's  past  actions  out  of  the  gross  ele- 
ments subdividing  and  combining  with  the 
other  four,  and  is  the  medium  of  experi- 
ence for  the  soul.  That  is  its  waking  state 
in  which  it  perceives  gross  objects. 

[  Subdividing  etc. — Paiichikarana  :  see  note  on 
Sloka  74.  ] 

89.  Identifying  itself  with  this  form  the 
individual  soul,  though  separate,  enjoys 
gross  objects,  such  as  garlands  and  sandal- 
paste  etc.,  by  means  of  the  external  organs. 
Hence  this  body  has  its  fullest  play  in  the 
waking  state. 

nrT%  \^t  ^^  ^TS^f^^f^:  II6.0H 

90.  Know  this  gross  body  to  be  like  a 
house  to  the  householder,  on  which  rests 
man's  entire  dealing  with  the  external 
world. 


38  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

91.  Birth,  decay  and  death  are  the 
various  characteristics  of  the  gross  body, 
as  also  stoutness  etc. ;  childhood  etc.  are  its 
different  conditions;  it  has  got  various 
restrictions  regarding  caste  and  order  of 
life;  it  is  subject  to  various  diseases,  and 
meets  with  different  kinds  of  treatment, 
such  as  worship,  insult  and  high  honours. 

Caste — Brahmana  &c.  Order  of  life — Brahma- 
charya  etc.  ] 

92.  The  ears,  skin,  eyes,  nose  and 
tongue  are  organs  of  knowledge,  for  they 
help  us  to  cognise  objects;  the  vocal 
organs,  hands,  legs  etc.  are  organs  of 
action,  owing  to  their  tendency  for  work. 


*S       fV 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  39 


93 — 94.  The  inner  organ  (Antahkarana) 
is  called  Manas,  Biiddhi,  Ego  or  Chitta, 
^.ccording  to  their  respective  functionvS  : 
the  Manas,  from  its  considering  the  pros 
and  cons  of  a  thing;  the  Biiddhi,  from 
its  property  of  determining  the  truth  of 
objects;  the  Ego,  from  its  identification 
with  this  body  as  one's  own  self;  and  the 
•Chitta,  from  its  function  of  seeking  for 
■pleasurable  objects. 

95.  The  same  Prana  becomes  Prana, 
Apana,  Vyana,  Udana  and  Saniana  accord- 
ing to  tlaeir  diversity  of  functions  and 
modifications,  like  gold  and  water  etc. 

[Like  gold  etc. — Just  as  the  same  gold  is  fashioned 
into  various  ornaments,  and  as  water  takes  the 
form  of  foam,  waves,  etc.] 


40  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 


96.  The  five  organs  of  action  such  as 
speech  etc.,  the  five  organs  of  knowledge 
beginning  with  the  ear,  the  group  of  five 
Pranas,  Btiddhi  and  the  rest,  together  with 
Nescience,  desire  and  action — these  eight 
'cities'  make  up  what  is  called  the  subtle 
body. 

j  Nescience  &'c. — See  note  on  Sloka  55,  ] 


■  rs 


97.  Listen, — this  subtle  body,  called 
also  Linga  body,  is  produced  out  of  the 
elements  before  their  subdividing  and 
combining  with  each  other,  is  possessed,  of 
desires  and  causes  the  soul  to  experience 
the  fruits  of  its  actions.  It  is  a  beginning- 
less  superimposition  on  the  soul  brought 
on  by  its  own  ignorance. 


"K   •^ 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  4I 

98 — 99.  Dream  is  a  state  of  the  soul 
distinct  from  the  waking  state,  where  it 
shines  by  itself.  In  dreams  Biiddhi,  by 
itself ,  takes  on  the  role  of  the  agent  and 
the  like,  owing  to  various  desires  of  the 
waking  state,  while  the  Supreme  At  man 
shines  in  its  own  glory, — with  Buddhi  as 
its  only  superimposition,  the  witness  of 
everything,  and  is  not  touched  by  the  least 
work  that  the  Buddhi  does.  As  it  is 
wholly-  unattacli,ed,  it  is  not  touched  by 
any  work  that  its  superimpositions  niay 
perform. 

[Buddhi— here  stands  for  the  Antahkarana — the 
*'  inner  organ  "  or  mind. 

By  z/jf^— independently  of  the  objective  world. 

Takes  OTi  the  role  fe-V.— The  Atman  is  the  one 
intelligent  principle,  and  whatever  Buddhi  does  it 
does  borrowing  the  light  ot  the  Atman.  ] 

^r^^ir^^fif^  c[^5iT§i^WK?iT  ^^^'^#s^^  H 


42     ,  vivekachuDamani 

100.  This  subtle  body  is  the  instrument 
for  all  activity  oi  the  Atman,  who  is 
Knowledge  Absolute ,  like  the  adze  and  other 
tools  of  a  carpenter.  Therefore  this  Atman 
is  perfectly  unattached. 

101.  Blindness,  weakness,  and  sharpness 
are  conditions  of  the  eye,  due  to  its  fitness 
or  defectiveness  merely;  so  are  deafness 
and  dumbness  etc.  of  the  ear  and  so 
forth, — but  never  of  the  Atman,  the 
Knower. 

102.  Inhalation  and  exhalation,  yawn- 
ing, sneezing,  secretion,  and  leaving  this 
body  etc.  are  called  by  experts  functions 
of  Prana  and  the  rest,  while  hunger  and 
thirst  are  characteristics  of  Prana   proper. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  43 

103.  The  inner  organ  (mind)  has  its 
seat  in  the  organs  such  as  the  eye  etc.,  as 
well  as  in  the  body,  identifying  itself  with 
them  and  endued  with  a  jeflection  of:  the 
At  man. 

104.  Know  that  it  is  Egoism  which, 
identifying  itself  with  the  "body,  becomes 
the  doer  or  enjoyer  and  in  conjunction 
with  the  Gtmas  such  as  the  Sattva,  as- 
sumes the  three  different  states. 

[Gunas — the  three  component  factors  of  Prakriti. 
Different  jZ/z/^j-— those  of  waking  etc.] 

105.  When  the  sense-objects  are  favoiir- 
able  it  becomes  happy,  and  it  becomes 
miserable  when  the  case  is  contrary.  So 
happiness  and  misery  are  the  characteristics 
of  egoism,  and  not  of  the  ever-blissful 
Atman. 


106.     Sense-objects  are   pleasurable   only 


44  VIYEKACHUDAMANI 

as  dependent  on  the  Atman  manifesting 
through  them,  and  not  independently,  be- 
cause the  Atman  is  by  its  very  nature  the 
most  beloved  of  all.  Therefore  the  Atman 
is  ever  blissful,  and  never  suffers  misery. 

[  Vide  Bri.  Upa. — Yajnavalkya's  teachings  to  his 
wife  Maitreyi.  ] 

107.  That  in  profound  sleep  we  ex- 
perience the  bliss  of  Atman  independent 
of  sense-objects,  is  clearly  attested  by  Sruti, 
direct  perception,  tradition,  and  inference. 

[  Sruti — Chhandogya,  Brihad^ranyaka,  Kausi- 
taki  and  other  Upanishads. 

J  a  grail — is  a  plural  verb.  ] 

108.  Avidya  (Nescience)  or  Ma}^^  called 
also  the  Undifferentiated,  is  the  power  of 
the  Lord.  It  is  without  beginning, 
is  made  up  of  the  three  Gunas  and  is 
superior  to  the  effects  (as  their  cause) . 
She  is  to  be  inferred  by  one  of  clear 
intellect  only  from  the  effects  She  produces. 


VIVEKAGHUDAMANI  45 

It  is  She  who  brings  forth  this  whole 
universe.  # 

[  The  Undifferentiated — the  perfectly  balanced 
stale  of  the  three  Gunas,  where  there  is  no  mani- 
fested universe.  When  this  balance  is  disturbed, 
then  evolution  begins. 

Power  of  the  Lord. — This  distinguishes  the 
Vedantic  conception  of  Maya  from  the  Sankhya 
view  of  Prakriti  which  they  call  insentient  and  at 
the  same  time  independent.  ] 

109.  §he  is  neither  existent  nor  non- 
existent nor  partaking  of  both  charac- 
ters ;  neither  same  nor  different  nor  both ; 
— neither  composed  of  parts  nor  an  in- 
divisible whole  nor  both ;  She  is  most 
wonderftd  and  cannot  be  described  in 
w^ords. 


rv    V 


110.     This    Maya    can    be    destroyed   by 
the  realisation  of  the  pure   Brahman,   the 


46  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

one  ■without  a  second,  just  as  the  mistaken 
idea  of  a  snake  is  removed  by  the  dis- 
crimination of  the  rope.  She  has  Jier 
Gunas  known  as  Rajas,  Tanias  and  Sattva, 
named  after  their  respective  iunctions. 

1J.1.  Rajas  has  its  Vikshepa-Shakti  or 
projecting  power  which  is  of  the  nature 
of  an.  activity,  and  from,  which  this 
primeval  flow  of  activity  has  emanated. 
From  this  also,  the  mentalmodifications 
such  as  attachment  and  the  rest  and  gtief 
a,nd  the  like  are  continually  produced. 

[  Vikshepa-shakii—th2it  power  which  at  once 
projects  a  new  form  when  once  the  real  nature  of  a 
thing  has  been  veiled  by  the  dvarana-shakti,  rhen- 
tioned  later  in  Sloka  113, 

Primeval  flow  etc.—\,  e.  the  phenomenal  world, 
alternately  evolving  and  going  back  into  an  involved 
state.  Cf.  Gita  xv.  4.] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  O^J 

112.  Lust,    aii^er,     avarice,    arrogance 
spite,  egoism,  envy  and  jealousy  etc. — these 
are  the  dire  attributes  of  Rajas,  from  which 
this  worlflly  tendency  of  man  is  produced. 
Therefore  Rajas  is  a  cause   of  bondage. 

113,  ^z'rzV?  or  the  veiling  power  is  the 
power  of  Tamas  which  makes  things  ap.- 
pear  other  thaa  what  they  are.  It  is  this 
that  causes  man's  repeated  transmigra- 
tions, and  starts  the  action  of  the  project- 
ing power  (Vikshepa) , 


•^     r^ 


ST^r^mR  <TTOf  cfTSPT  ^g^Hi  SC?r^eH^^3TTf  5T1"- 

114-,  Even  wise  and.  learned  men  and 
men  who  are  clever  and  adepts  in  the 
vision  of  the  exceedingly  subtle  Atman,  are 
overpowered  by  Tamas  and  do  not  under- 
stand the  Atman  even  though  clearly 
explained  in  various  Ways.  Wtatis  simply 


48  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

superimposed  by  delusion,  they  consider 
as  true,  and  attach  themselves  to  its 
effects.  Alas!  How  powerful  is  the  great 
Avrzlz  Shakti  of  dreadful  Tamast 


115.'  Absence  of  right  judgment,  or 
contrary  judgment,  want  of  definite  belief 
and  doubt — these  certainly  never  desert 
one  who  has  any  connection  with  this 
"veiling  power"  and  then  the  "projecting 
power"  gives  ceaseless  trouble. 

[  Wan/  of  definite  belief- — in  the  existence  of  a  thing 
even  though  there  may  be  a  vague  notion  of  it.  ] 

116.  Ignorance,  lassitude,  dulness,  sleep, 
inadvertence  and  stupidity  etc.  are  attri- 
butes of  Tarn  as.  One  tied  to  these  does 
not  comprehend  anything  but  remains  like 
one  asleep  or  like  a  stock  or  stone. 

[  Stock  or  stojie — lit.  pillar,  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  49 

117.  Pure  Sattva  is  (clear)  like  water, 
yet  in  conjunction  with  Rajas  and  Tamas 
makes  for  transmigration.  A  glimpse  of 
the  Atman  becomes  reflected  in  the 
Sattva  and  like  the  sun  reveals  the  entire 
world  of  matter. 

m^^  ^T^^^  ¥Rf?cT  VTITT 

118.  The  traits  of  mixed  Sattva  are  an 
Titter  absence  of  pride  etc.  and  Niyamas 
and  Yama  etc.,  as  well  as  faith,  devotion, 
yearning  for  liberation,  the  divine  tenden- 
cies and  turning  away  from  the  unreal. 

[  Absence  of  pride  etc. — The  reference  is  to  the 
higher  attributes  enumerated  in  the  Bhagavad-Gita 
XIII.  8-12. 

Yama — Non-killing,  truthfulness  etc.  Niyama — 
Purity,  contentment  etc.  Vide  Patanjali's  Yoga 
Aphorisms  III.  30  &  32. 

Divine  tendencies — The  reference  is  to  the 
opening  Slokas  of  Gita,  Ch.  XVI.  ] 


50  TIVEKACHUDAMANl 

119,  The  traits  of  pure  Sattva  ate 
cheerf Illness,  the  realisation,  of  one'S'  owix 
Self,  supreme  peace,  contentment,  bliss,, 
and  steady  devotion  for  the  At  man,  by 
which  the  aspirant  enjoys  bliss  ev^erlasting-... 
[  Pure  Sattva — Sattva  unraixed  with  Rajas-  aji<l 
Tamas  elements.  ] 


r^  'N 


120.     This  Undifferentiated  spoken  of  a»^ 
the  compound  of  the  three  Gunas  is-  the 
causal  body  of  the  soul.     Profound  sleep  is* 
its  special  state,  in  which  the  functions  of 
the  mind  and  all  its  organs  are  suspended. 

[  Undifferentiated— Avyakt'amyWiQn\!\QnQ6.  in  Sloka:^ 
io8  and  following. 

0/tke  x»«/— identifying  itself  thTOugh  ignorance- 
>^ith  thi&  or  the  other  two  bodies. 

The  functions. suspended'— not    in   perfect 

knowledge  as  in  Samadhi,  but  in  ignorance.  Tfeis^ 
is  the  differentia  between  tbes€  two  states.  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  51 


^^sr^r^fiTrdy  HTi  fNr- 


r^     r^  "^ 


121.  Profound  sleep  is  the  cessation  of 
all  kinds  of  perception,  in  which  the  mind 
remains  in  a  subtle,  seed-like  form.  The 
test  of  this  is  the  universal  verdict  that 
I  did  not  know  anything  then. 

[Ail  kifids  of  perception — including  remem- 
brance and  delusion  also. 

The  universal  verdict  &c. — This  negative  re- 
memhrance  proves  the  continuity  of  the  mind  even 
in  the  sushupti  state.  ] 

^  f^^fKT  f^^:  5[yT<^:  I 

122.  The  body  and  the  organs,  the 
Pranas,  Manas  and  Egoism  etc.,  all  forms 
of  function,  the  sense-objects,  pleasures 
and  the  rest,  the  gross  elements  such  as 
the  ether  and  so  forth,  in  fact,  the  whole 
universe,  up  to  the   Undifferentiated — all 

this  is  Not-self. 

[  This  and  the  next  Sloka  set  forth  what  we  are 
to  avoid  identifying  ourselves  with.  We  are  the 
Pure  Self,  eternally  free  from  all  duality.  ] 


52  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

123.  From  Mahat  down  to  the  gross 
]3ody  everything  is  the  effect  of  Maya  : 
These  and  Maya  Herself  know  thou  to  be 
Non-self  and  therefore  unreal  like  the 
mirage  in  a  desert, 

^[Mahat — Cosmic  Intelligence.  It  is  the  first 
to  proceed  from  Prakriti  or  Maya.  For  the 
hierarchy  vide  Katha  Upa.  I.  iii.  lo-ii.  ] 

124.  Now  I  am  going  to  tell  thee  of  the 
real  nature  of  the  Paramatman,  realising 
which  man  is  freed  from  bondage  and  at- 
tains liberation. 

[  Liberation :  '  Kaivalya '  literally  means  extreme 
aloofness.  ] 

125.  There  is  some  Absolute  Entity, 
the  eternal  substratum  of  the  perception 
of  Egoism,  the  witness  of  three  states,  and 
distinct  from  the  five  sheaths  or  cover- 
ings. 

l^Five  sheaths    &c. — Consisting   respectively    of 
Anna  (  matter ),  Prana  ( force  ),  Mana  (  mind  ), 


VIVEKACHUDAMANt  5^ 

Vijnina  (knowledge)  and  Ananda  (Bliss).  The  first 
two  comprise  this  body  of  ours,  the  third  and 
fourth  make  up  the  subtle  body  (Sukshma  Sarira) 
and  the  last  the  causal  body  (Karana  Sarira).  The 
Atman  referred  to  in  this  Sloka  is  beyond  them  all. 
These  Kosas  will  be  dealt  with  later  on  in  the 
book.  ] 

126.  Who  knows  everything  that  hap- 
pens in  the  waking  state,  in  dream  and  in 
profound  sleep,  is  aware  of  the  presence 
or  absence  of  the  mind  and  its  functions, 
and  is  the  background  of  the  notion, 
'  Here  I  am.' 

[  This   Sloka   gives   the   purport  of   such   Sruti 
passages  as  Kena  Up.  I.  6,  and  Bri.  III.  iv.  2.  ] 

127.  Who  Himself  sees  all,  whom  no 
one  beholds,  who  illumines  the  Buddhi 
etc.,  but  whom  they  cannot  illumine. — 
This  is  He. 

128.  By  whom  this  universe  is  pervaded, 
whom   nothing  pervades,   who  shining  all 


54  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

this  (universe)  shines  as  His  reflection. — 
This  is  He. 

[By  ivhom  etc. — Compare  Chhandogya  III.  xi.  6, 
and  Gita  x.  42. 

Who  shining  etc. — A  reproduction  of  the  sense 
of  the  celebrated  verse  occurring  in  Katha  Upa.  II. 
V.  15,  Mundaka  II.  ii.  10,  and  Swetaswatara  vi.  14.] 


129.  By  whose  very  presence  the  body, 
the  organs,  mind  and  intellect  keep  to 
their  respective  spheres  of  action,  like 
servants ! 


rv   "v. 


130.  By  whom  everything  from  Egoism 
down  to  the  body,  the  sense-objects  and 
pleasure  etc.  is  known  as  palpably  as  a 
jar, — for  He  is  the  essence  of  Eternal 
Knowledge  ! 

[  Compare  Bri.  IV.  iii.  23.] 

131.  This  is  the  innermost  Self,  the 
primeval  Purtisha  (Being) ,  whose  essence 


V.1VEKACHUDAMANI  55 

is  tlhe  constaiit  realisation  of  infinite  Bliss, 
T\'ho  is  ever  the  same,  yet  reflecting 
through  the  different  mental  modifications, 
^nd  commanded  by  whom  the  organs  and 
Pranas  perform  their  functions. 

[  iKfiermost  Self — Vide  Bri.  III.  4  and  elsewhere. 

Jiifleciitig  etc. — Compare  Kena  II.  12. 

Commanded  by  whom  ^c. — See  the  opening 
Sloka  of  the  same  Upanishad  and  the  reply  givea 
to  it  later  on.  ] 

^^RTH^T  f^^^ftr^:  !T^m^  \\\\\^ 

132.  In  this  very  body,  in  the  mind  fnll 
-of  Sattva^  in  the  secret  chamber  of  the 
intellect,  in  the  Akasa  known  as  the  Un- 
manifested,  the  Atman,  of  charming 
splendour,  shines  like  the  sun  aloft,  mani- 
festing this  universe  through  Its  own  efful- 
gence. 

[  This  Sloka  gives  t^e  hint  wh-ere  to  look  in  for 
the  Atmen.  First  of  all  there  i«  the  gross  body ; 
within  this  there  is  the  mind  or  "  inner  organ," 
of  which  Buddhi  or  intelligence,  characterised 
hy  determination^  is  the  most  developed  form  ; 
^vithin  Buddhi  again,  pervading  it,  is  the  causal 
body  known  as  the  Unmanifested.  We  must 
seek  ti)£  Aiman  iofeide  this.      The  idea    is  that 


5$  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

Atman  transcends  all  the  three  bodies — in  fact  the 
whole  sphere  of  duality  and  materiality.  The 
word  *  Akasa '  often  occurs  in  the  Sruti  in  the 
sense  of  Atman  or  Brahman.  The  Vedanta  Sutras 
(I.  i.  22)  discuss  this  question  and  decide  in 
favour  of  this  meaning.  ] 

133.  — The  knower  of  the  modifications 
of  mind  and  egoism,  and  of  the  activities 
of  the  body,  the  organs,  and  Pranas,  ap- 
parently taking  their  forms,  like  the  fire  in 
a  ball  of  iron;  It  neither  acts  nor  is 
subject  to  change  in  the  least. 

[Like  the  fire iron — Just  as  fire  has  no  form 

of  its  own,  but  seems  to  take  on  the  form  of  the 
iron  ball  which  it  turns  red-hot,  so  the  Atmao 
though  without  form  seems  to  appear  as  Buddhi 
and  so  forth. 

Compare  Katha  II.  ii.  9.  ] 

r\       •v        •^     r^  •v  /^ 


rv     <v 


134.     It    is    neither    born    nor   dies,  It 
neither   grows   nor   decays,    nor    does  It 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  57 

undergo  any  change,  being  eternal.  It 
does  not  cease  to  exist  even  when  this 
body  is  destroyed,  like  the  sky  in  a  jar 
(after  it  is  broken) ,  for  It  is  independent. 
[  This  Sloka  refers  to  the  six  states  enumerated 
by  Yaska,  which  overtake  every  being,  such  as 
birth,  existence  etc.  The  Atman  is  above  all 
change.  ] 

135.  The  Supreme  Self,  different  from 
the  Prakriti  and  its  modifications,  of  the 
essence  of  Pure  Knowledge,  and  Absolute, 
directly  manifests  this  entire  gross  and 
subtle  universe,  in  the  waking  and  other 
states,  as  the  substratum  of  the  persistent 
sense  of  egoism  and  manifests  Itself  as 
the  Witness  of  Buddhi,   the  determinative 

faculty. 

\  Prakrifi—ihQ  Mother  of  the  entire  manifested 
universe. 

Gross  and  subile  universe— \.\iQ  world  of  matter 
and  thought. 

The  Witness  of  Buddhi — all  actions  that  we 
seem  to  be  doing  are  really  done  by  Buddhi, 
while  the   Self  ever  stands  aloof ,  the  only  Absolute 

Entity.  ] 


5S  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 


p^^JT^nrm  ^r^rfkfe  sf^sr^r^rrri  I 

136.  By  means  of  a  regulated  mind  and 
the  purified  intellect  (Buddhi)  realise  thou 
directly  thy  own  Self,  in  the  body,  so  as 
to  identify  .jthyself  with  It,  cross  the 
boundless  ocean  of  Samsara  whose  waves 
are  birth  and  death,  and  firmly  estalished 
in  Brahman  as  thy  own  essence  be 
blessed. 

\^  Identity // — instead   of  with  the  gross, 

subtle  and  causal  bodies. 

Established nature — By   our  very  nature   we 

are  ever  identified  with  Brahman,  but  through 
ignorance  we  think  we  are  limited  and  so  forth.  ] 

137.  Identifying  the  Self  with  this  Non- 
self — this  is  the  bondage  of  man,  which 
is  due  to  his  ignorance,  and  brings  in  its 
train  the  miseries  of  birth  and  death.  It 
is  through  this  that  one  considers  this 
evanescent  body  as  real,  and   identifying 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  59 

oneself  with  it,  nourishes,  bathes,  and 
preserves  it  by  means  of  (  agreeable ) 
sense-objects,  by  which  latter  he  becomes 
bound  as  the  caterpillar  by  the  threads  of 

its  cocoon. 

[  ^izM<f^— keeps  it  clean  and  tidy. 

Sense-objects  &c.—¥l^  runs  after  sense-pleasures 
thinking  that  will  conduce  to  the  well-being  of  the 
body,  but  these  in  turn  throw  him  into  a  terrible 
bondage,  and  he  has  to  abjure  them  wholly  to 
attain  his  freedom,  as  the  caterpillar  has  to  cut 
through  its  cocoon.  ] 

138.  One  who  is  overpowered  by  igno- 
xance  mistakes  a  thing  for  what  it  is  not : 
It  is  the  absence  of  discrimination  that 
causes  one  to  mistake  a  snake  for  a  rope 
and  great  dangers  overtake  him  when  he 
seizes  it  through  that  wTong  notion. 
Hence,  listen,  my  friend,  it  is  the  mistak- 
ing of  transitory  things  as  real  that  cons- 
titutes bondage. 

[  Discrimination — between  what  is  real  (viz.  the 
Self )  and  what  is  not  real  (viz.  the  phenomenal 
world).  ] 


60  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 


r^ 


139.  This  veiling  power  {Avriti) ,  which 
preponderates  in  ignorance,  covers  the 
Self,  whose  glories  are  infinite  and  which 
manifests  Itself  through  the  power  of 
knowledge,  indivisible,  eternal,  and  one 
without  a  second, — as  Rahu  does  the  orb 
of  the  stin. 

[  As  Rdhu  &c. — The  reference  is  to  the  solar 
eclipse.  In  Indian  mythology  the  sun  is  supposed 
to  be  periodically  overpowered  by  a  demon  named 
Rahu.  ] 

^  f^^rr^^T  ^5T^  T55^r%3^5i?TRT  ii?«oii 

140.  When  one's  own  Self,  endowed 
with  the  purest  splendour,  is  hidden  from 
view,  a  man  through  ignorance  falsely 
identifies  himself  with  this  body,  which  is 
non-self.  And  then  the  great  power  of 
Rajas  called  Vikshepa^  the  projecting 
power,  sorely  afflicts  him  through  the 
binding  fetters  of  lust,  anger  etc. 

[  Projecting  power^^StQ  note  on  Sloka  1 1 1 .  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  6l 

141.  The  man  of  perverted  intellect, 
having  his  self-knowledge  swallowed  up  by 
the  shark  of  utter  ignorance,  himself 
imitates  the  various  states  of  the  Intellect 
(Buddhi)  as  that  is  its  superimposed  attri- 
bute— and  drifts  up  and  down  in  this 
boundless  ocean  of  Samsara  full  of  the 
poison  of  sense-enjoyment,  now  sinking, 
now  rising, — a  miserable  fate  indeed ! 

[  Himself  imitates  fe'c.— The  Self  is  the  real 
nature  of  every  being,  but  a  mistaken  identification 
with  the  Buddhi  causes  him  to  appear  as  if  he 
were  active.     See  note  on  Sloka  135. 

Sarnsdra — the  entire  relative  existence. 

Up  and  down  :  sinking  and  mz>/^.— Acquiring 
different  bodies  such  as  the  angelic  or  the  animal, 
according  to  the  good  and  bad  deeds  performed, 
and  enjoying  or  suffering  therein.  ] 


6^;  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

142 .  As  layers  of  clouds ,  generated  by  the 
sun's  rays,  cover  the  sun  and  appear  solely 
(in  the  sky),  so  Egoism,  generated  by 
the  Self,  covers  the  Reality  of  the  Self  and 
appears  solely  by  itself. 

[  Solely  by  itself -^2^.^  if  there  were  no  Atman  at 
all.  But  the  clouds  vanish  subsequently,  and  so 
does  egoism  too.  ] 

143.  Just  as,  on  a  cloudy  day,  when  the 
sun  is  swallowed  up  by  dense  clouds y 
violent  cold  blasts  trouble  them,  so  when 
the  Atman  is  hidden  by  intense  ignorance, 
the  dreadful  Vikshepa  Shakti  (projecting 
power)  afflicts  the  foolish  man  with 
numerous  griefs. 

[Blasts  trouble  them — The  root  s^PT  has  .also  a 
secondary  meaning,  namely  to  cause  to  wander, 
which  is  also  implied  here.  The  verb^qeiirf  in  the 
last  line  of  this  verse  has  also  a  similar  meaning. 
The  foolish  man  is  made  to  take  sometimes  very 
low  bodies — that  is  the  meaning.  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  6$ 

144.     It  is  from   these  two  powers  that 

man's  bondage  has    proceeded, — beguiled 

by   which   he  mistakes  the  body  for  the 

Self  and  wanders  (from  body  to  body) . 

[  Tzvo  powers — viz.,  the  veiling  and   projecting 
powers — Avarana  and  Vikshepa.  ]  tp 


•v      •^ 


Tm :  q-^^TTT5  ^^3^5:  ^^?^nfR  *.  ^TT%^r :  I 

145.  Of  the  tree  of  Samsara  ignorance 
is  the  seed,  the  identification  with  the 
body  is  its  sprout,  attachment  its  tender 
leaves,  work  its  water,  the  body  its  trunk, 
the  vital  forces  its  branches,  the  organs 
its  twigs,  the  sense-objects  its  flowers, 
various  miseries  due  to  diverse  works  are 
its  fruits,  and  the  individual  soul  is  the 
bird  on  it. 

[  In  tliis  stanza  Samsara  or  relative  existence  is 
likened  to  a  tree,  and  the  simile  is  brought  out  in 
detail.  The  appropriateness  of  the  comparisons 
vrill  be  patent  on  reflection.  It  is  this  kind  of 
Composition  which  shows  Sankara  not  only  to  be 
a  great  philosopher  but  a  true  poet  also.  And  such 
Slokas.  as  the  reader  will  perceive,  abound  in  this 
masterpiece  of  Vedantic  literature. 

S&ul  is  tht  bird   &'c. — Compare  the  beautiful 


64  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

Slokas  of  the  Mundaka  Upanishad  (  III.  i.  1-2  ) — 
"ST  ^'irr  ^i^r  ^m^  "  &c.  With  the  ripening  of 
Knowledge  the  two  birds  coalesce  into  one,  the 
Self  alone  remains,  and  life  is  known  to  be  a 
dream.  ] 

146.  Friend,  this  bondage  of  non-Self 
springs  from  ignorance,  is  self-caused,  and 
is  described  as  without  beginning  and  end. 
It  subjects  one  to  the  long  train  of  miseries 
such  as  birth  and  death,  disease  and 
decrepitude  and  so  forth. 

[  Self-caused — not  depending  upon    any   other 
cause. 

Wiihout  end — Relatively  speaking,  that  is.     On 
the  Realisation  of  the  Self  it  disappears.  ] 


rN    •v 


147.  This  bondage  can  be  destroyed 
neither  by  weapons  nor  by  wind,  nor  by 
fire,  nor  by  millions  of  acts — by  nothing 
except  the  grea^  sword  of  the  Knowledge 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  65 

of  discrimination,  sharpened  by  the  grace 
of  the  Lord.  Paramatman. 

L  Acts — enjoined  by  the  Scriptures,  and  done 
with  motives. 

Grace Paratnatmait — An      echo     of     Kaiha 

L'pa.  I.  ii.  20.  The  Sruti  has  also  a  different  read- 
ing— '^TT^sraTH^r^' — which  means  'through  the  purity 
of  the  mind  and  organs  etc' — This  meaning  is 
also  suggested  here,  j 

148.  One  who  is  passionately  devoted  to 
the  authority  of  the  Srutis  acquires  steadi- 
ness in  his  Swadharma,  which  alone  con- 
duces to  the  purity  of  his  mind.  The 
man  of  pure  mind  realises  the  Supreme 
Self,  and  by  this  alone  Samsara  with  its 
root  is  destroyed. 

[  Swadharma — lit.  one's  own  duty,  or  the  duly 
for  which  we  are  fit, — which  the  Gita  enjoins  on  us 
all  to  perform,  as  the  way  to  perfection. 

J  is  root — Ignorance.  ] 

s 


^  ViVEKACHUDAMANr 

149.  Covered  by  the  sheaths  like  the' 
material  one  and  the  rest,  which  are  the' 
products  of  Its  own  power,  the  Self  ceases  ^ 
to  appear,  like  the  water  of  a  tank  by  its^ 
acctimulation  of  sedge. 

\^The  sheaths  &'c. — See  note  on  Sloka  i?5. 
They  are  called  sheaths  as  they  are  coverings  over 
the  Atraan  which  manifests  Itself  through  them. 
From  the  Afinamaya  to  the  Anandainaya  the' 
sheaths  are  gradually  finer  and  finer.  Knowledge 
consists  in  going  beyond  them  all  by  means  of 
regulated  practiceand  coming  face  to  face,  as  it 
were,  with  the  Atman.  ] 


-V 


150.  On  the  removal  of  -  that   sedge  the 
i)erfectly  pure  water,  that  allays  the   pangs- 
of  thirst  and  gives  immediate  joy,  appears- 
unobstructed  before  the  man. 

[  The  water  is  not  something  that  is   to  be  pro- 
cured from  anywhere  else,  it  is  already  there :   only 
the  obstructions   have  to  be  removed.     So  in  the- 
case  of  'Atman  also.  ] 

151 .  When  all  the  five  sheaths  have  been 
eliminated,  the  Self  of  man  appears — pure, 
of   the  essence    of    everlasting    and    un- 


VIVEKAGHUDAMANI  (if 

alloyed  bliss,  indwelling,  supreme,  and 
self -effulgent. 

\  Eliminated — Discriminated  as  being  other  than 
the  Self. 

Indwelling — dwelling  within  the  heart  of  all.  ] 

152.  To  remove  his  bondage  the  wise 
man  should  discriminate  between  the  Self 
and  non-Self.  By  that  alone  he  comes  to 
know  his  own  Self  as  Existence-Knowl- 
edge-Bliss x\bsolute,  and  becomes  happy. 

153.  He  is  free  who  discriminates  be- 
tween all  sense-objects  and  the  indwelling, 
unattached  and  inactive  Self,  as  one  sepa- 
rates a  stalk  of  grass  from  its  enveloping 
sheath,  and  merging  everything  in  It 
remains  in  a  state  of  identity  with  That. 

\_All  se?ise-ol)jects — specially  the  body  and  its 
D'gans. 

Inactive — the  Witness  of  all  activity 

A  stalk  of  grass  &c. — Compare  Katha  Upanishad, 
IL  iii.  17. 

Merging  &€. — Knowing  that  only  the  Atman 
manifests  Itself  through  name  and  form.  ] 


68  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 


154.  This  body  of  ours  is  the  product  o\ 
food  and  comprises  the  material  sheath ; 
it  lives  on  food,  and  dies  without  it  ; 
it  is  a  mass  of  skin,  flesh,  blood,  bones 
and  lots  of  other  filthy  things,  and  can 
never  be  the  eternally  pure,  seif-existent 
Atman. 

[  Product  of  food — that  went   to  build  up   the 
parent-body.  ] 

155.  It  does  not  exist  prior  to  birth  or 
posterior  to  death,  but  lasts  only  for  a 
short  (intervening)  period ;  its  virtues  are 
transient,  audit  is  changeful  by  nature; 
it  is  manifold,  inert,  and  is  a  sense-object 
like  a  jar  (or  any  other  thing)  ;  how  can 
it  be  one's  own  Self,  the  Witness  of 
changes  in  all  things  ? 

{^Manifold — not  a  simple,  and  subject  to  constant 
transformations.  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  69 

156.  The  body,  consisting  of  arms  and 
legs,  cannot  be  the  Atman,  for  one  conti- 
nues to  live  even  when  particular  limbs 
are  gone,  and  the  different  functions  of 
the  organism  also  remain  intact.  The 
body  which  is  subject  to  another's  rule 
cannot  be  the  Self  which  is  the  Ruler  of  all. 

[  Different  functions — other   than  those    directly 
interfered  with.  ] 

157.  That  the  Atman  is  different  from 
the  body,  its  characteristics,  its  activities, 
and  its  states  etc.,  of  which  It  is  the 
witness,  is  self-evident,  and  needs  no 
demonstration. 

[  Characteristics — such  as  stoutness  or  leanness  etc. 
States — boyhood,  youth  etc.  ] 

158.  How  can  the  body,  being  a  pack 
of  bones,  covered  with  flesh,  and  full  of 
filth,  and  highly  impure,  be  the  self- 
exlstent  Atman,  the Knower,  which  is  ever 
distinct  from  it  ? 


70  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

^ffRr  i:^^^:  ^dRT  I 

159.  It  is  the  foolish  man  who  identi- 
fies himself  with  a  mass  of  skin,  flesh,  fat, 
bones  and  filth,  while  the  man  of  dis- 
crimination knows  his  own  Self,  the  only 
Reality  that  there  is,  as  distinct  from  the 
body. 


»v    »s         rv    •v 


*^   *v 


160.  The  stupid  man  thinks  he  is  the 
body,  the  book-learned  man  identifies 
himself  with  the  mixture  of  body  and  soul, 
while  the  great  man  possessed  of  Realisa- 
tion due  to  discrimination,  looks  iipon 
the  eternal  Atman  as  his  Self,  and  thinks, 
"  I  am  Brahman." 

[Three  classes  of  people  are  distinguished  in 
this  Sloka,  of  whom  the  Advaitist  is  of  course 
given  the  highest  place. 

Mixture  of  body  a?id  soul — The  average  man 
thinks  he  is  both  body  and  soul  acting  in  unison.] 


VlVEKACMUDAMANi  7 1 

^^^^  ^n*=?T  ^^  ^^^^  H?^?!! 

161 .  O  foolish  one,  cease  to  identify  thy- 
self with  this  bundle  of  skin,  flesh,  fat, 
bones  ahd  filth,  and  identify  thy<;elf  instead 
with  the  Absolute  Brahman,  the  Self  of  all, 
2in(\  thus  attain  to  supreme  Peace. 

162.  As  long  as  the  book-learned  man 
does  not  give  up  his  mistaken  identifica- 
tion with  the  body  and  organs  etc.-, 
which  are  unreal,  there  is  no  talk  of 
emancipation  even  for  him,  be  he  ever  so 
erudite  in  the  Vedanta  and  morals. 

'  Body  and  organs  etc. — Jn  fact,  the  wiioie  ob- 
jective world. 

Erudite  &€. — Mere  book-learning  is  meant.  Un- 
less he  has  realised  the  state  of  oneness  he  will  be 
a  mere  talker,  that  is  all.  J 


72  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

163.  Just  as  thou  dost  not  identify  tliy 
self  with  the  shadow-body,  the  image- 
body,  the  dream -body,  or  the  body  thou 
hast  in  the  imaginations  of  thy  heart,  cease 
thou  to  do  Hkewise  with  the  living-  body 
also. 

[  Shadoiv-hody — The  shadow  of  thv  body. 

Jmage-body — the  image  or  reflection  of  thy  body, 
cast  in  water  etc. 

Dream-body — the  body  that  thou   mayst  assume 
in  dreams. 

Living-body — the  gross  body,  with  the  Pranas  etc.] 

164.  The  identification  with  the  body 
alone  is  the  root  which  produces  the 
mi.sery  of  birth  etc.,  of  people  who  are  at- 
tached to  the  unreal  ;  therefore  destroy 
thoii  this  with  the  utmost  care.  Whea 
this  identification  caiised  by  the  mind  is 
given  up,  there  is  no  more  chance  for 
rebirth. 

[  Compare  Chhandogya  Upa.  VIII.  xii.  i.  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  73 

165.  The  Prana,  with  which  we  are  all 
faniiiiar,  coupled  with  the  five  organs  of 
action,  forms  the  Vital  Sheath,  permeated 
by  which  the  Material  Sheath  enga^^es  it- 
self in  all  activities  as  if  it  were  living. 

[  Orga7is  of  acfio?i — The  brain  centres  which 
control  speech,  manual  activity,  locomotion,  ex- 
cretion and  reproduction.  See  Sloka  92. 

Material  Sheath — described  in  Slokas  154  and 
following. 

This  activity  which  the  Vital  Sheath  is  here 
said  to  impart  is  again  a  borrowed  one,  as  will 
appear  tVon^  the  last  line  of  the  next  Sloka. 

For  a  description  of  the  Five  Kosas  (Sheaths) 
the  reader  is  referred  to  the  Taittiriya  Upa.,  second 
Valli  or  chapter.  ] 

166.  Neither  is  the  Vital  Sheath  the 
Self — because  it  is  a  modification  of  Vayu 
and  like  the  air  it  enters  into  and  comes 
out    of   the   body,   and   because   it    never 


74  VIVEKACHUDAMANl 

knows  in  the  least  either  its 'own  weal  and 

woe   or  those   of   others,    being   eternally 

-dependent  on  the  Self. 

[  Vdyu  :  The  Prana-Vayu  or  life-force  is 
meant  here.  The  word  commonly  means  air,  wiiich 
4)rings  in  the  comparison  with  the  air  in  the  next  line. 

Enters  into  ■&€. — i.  e.  as  breath,  which  is  its 
gross  manifestation.  ] 

167 .  The  organs  of  knowledge  together 
with  the  mind  form  the  Mental  Sheath, — 
the  cause  of  the  diversity  of  things,  such 
as  T  and  'mine.'  It  is  powerful  and 
endued  wdth  the  faculty  of  creating  dif- 
ferences of  name  etc.  It  manifests  itself 
as  permeating  the  preceding,  i.  e.  Vital 
Sheath. 

[  Organs  of  knowledge — The  brain  centres 
W'liich  control  sight,  hearings  smell,  taste  and  ioucIl 
See  Sloka  92.  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  75 

168.  The  Mental  Sheath  is  the  (sacri- 
ficial) fire  which,  fed  with  the  fuel  of 
desires  by  the  five  sense-organs  which 
serve  as  priests,  and  set  ablaze  by  the 
sense-objects  which  act  as  the  stream  of 
oblations,    brings  about   this  phenomenal 

universe. 

[  The  sacrificial  fire  confers  on  the  Yajamana,  or 
the  man  who  performs  the  sacrifice,  the  enjoyments 
of  the  heavenly  spheres.  So  the  mind  also  confers 
on  the  Jiva  or  individual  soul  the  pleasures  of  the 
objective  world. 

It  is  the  mind  that  projects  the  objective  universe 
— this  is  the  plain  meaning.  See  Sloka  170,  below.] 

169.  There  is  no  Ignorance  (Avidya) 
outside  the  mind.  The  mind  is  Avidya,' 
the  cause  of  the  bondage  of  transmigra- 
tion. When  that  is  destroyed,  all  else  is 
destroyed,  and  when  it  manifests,  every- 
thing else  manifests. 

[According  to  Vedanla,  there  is  no  actual  change 
in  the  Self,  which  is  by  nature  pore  and  perfect. 
It  is  Ignorance  or  Avidya  ihat  has  covered  Jts 
vision,  so  to  say  and  It  appears  as  limited  and 
subject  to  change.     Now,  this  ignorance  is  imbeds 


^6  VIVEKACHUDAMANt 

ded  in  the  mind.     When  the   mind  is  thoroughly 
purified  through  Sadhana  or  discipline,  the   glory 
of  the  Atman  manifests  itself.     This  is    said  to   be 
liberation. 
Destroyed— m  the  highest  or  Nirvikalpa  Samadhi.] 

170.  In  dreams,  wlien  there  is  no  actual 
contact  with  the  external  world,  the  mind 
alone  creates  the  whole  universe  consisting 
of  the  enjoyer  etc.  And  similarly  in  the 
waking  state  also, — there  is  no  difference. 
Therefore  all  this  (  phenomenal  universe  ) 
is  the  projection  of  the  mind. 

[  The  enjoyei-  etc. — i.  e.,  the  enjoyer,  the  enjoy- 
able and  enjoyment :  subject,  object  and  their 
coming  into  relation.  ] 


r^  ■v 


171.  In  dreamless  sleep,  when  the  mind 
is  reduced  to  its  causal  state,  there  exists 
nothing  ( for  the  person  asleep  ) ,  as  is 
evident  from  universal  experience.    Hence 


VlVEKACHUDAMANl  Tf 

man's  relative  existence  is  simply  the  crea- 
tion of  the  mind,  and  has  no  objective 
reality. 

'^Universal    experience — The    subject    has   been 
touched  on  already.  See  Sloka  121,  ante.  ] 

172.  Clouds  are  brought  in  by  the  wind 
and  again  driven  away  by  the  same  agency. 
Similarly,  man's  bondage  is  caused  by  the 
mind  and  Liberation  too  is  caused  by  that 
alone. 

173.  It  (first)  creates  an  attachment  in 
man  for  the  body  and  all  other  sense- 
objects,  and  binds  him  through  that  at- 
tachment like  a  beast  b}^  means  of  ropes. 
Afterwards,  the  self -same  mind  creates  in 
the  individual  an  utter  distaste  for  these 
sense-objects  and  frees  him  from  the 
bondage. 

[For  the  double  meaning  of  the  word  Guna,    see 
note  on  Sioka  76.  ] 


78  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

174.  Therefore  the  mind  is  the  only 
cause  that  brings  about  man's  bondage 
or  liberation  :  when  tainted  bv  the  effects 
of  Rajas  it  leads  to  bondage,  and  when 
pure  and  divested  of  the  Rajas  and  Tamas 
elements  it  conduces  to  Liberation. 

[A  reminiscence  of  the  second  Sloka  of   Amrita- 
bindu  Upa.  ] 

^^^cfr  ifejT^r  gg^T- 

175.  Attaining  purity  through  the  pre- 
ponderance of  Discrimination  and  Renun- 
ciation, the  mind  makes  for  Liberation. 
Hence  the  wise  seeker  after  Liberation 
must  first  strengthen  these  two. 

[  Discriminaiion — between  Self  and  Non-Self. 
Rernmciation — of  the  Non-self.  ] 


*^    rv 


nVKKACHUDAMANf  /^ 

176.  Ill     the     forest-tract      of      sense 
pleasures  there  prowls  a  hug^e    tiger  calle^i 
mind.     Let  o^ood  people  who  have  a  long 
ing  for  Hberation  never  go  there. 

177.  The  mind  continually  produces  for 
the  experiencer  all  sense-objects  without 
exception,  whether  perceived  as  gross  or 
fine;  the  differences  of  bodv,  caste,  order 
of  life,  and  tribe,  as  well  as  the  varieties 
of  qualification,  action,  means  and  results. 

f  Gross  or  fine — in  the  waking-  and   dream  slates 
respectively. 

Action — to  obtain  desired  results. 

Means — for  these  actions. 

Results — such  as  enjoyment  or  liberation.  ] 

178.  Deluding  the  Jiva  who  is  unat- 
tached Pure  Intelligence,  and  binding  himr 
by  the  ties  of  body,  organs  and  Prauas, 
the    mind   causes   him    to    wander,    with. 


3o  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

ideas  Gi  '  I  '  and  '  mine,'  amidst  the  vaned 
enjoyment  of  results  achieved  by  himself. 

{^Binding Prafias — strictly    speaking,    it    is 

our  attachment  for  these  that  binds  us.  ] 

179.  Man's  transmigration  is  due  to  the 
evil  of  siiperimposition,  and  the  bondage 
of  superimposition  is  created  by  himself 
and  none  else.  It  is  this  that  causes  the 
misery  of  birth  etc.  for  the  man  of  non- 
discrimination who  is  tainted  by  Rajas 
and  Tamas. 

[  Superimpositio7i — This  is  the  favourite  theme 
of  the  Vedanta  Philosophy,  to  explain  how  the 
ever-free  Self  came  to  be  bound  at  all.  The  whole 
thing  is  a  mistaken  identit}^,  a  self-hypnotism,  it 
says,  and  the  way  out  of  it  lies  in  de-hypnotising 
ourselves.  ] 

180.  Hence  sages  who  have  fathomed 
its  secret  have  designated  the  mind  alone 
as  Avidya  or  Ignorance,  by  which  alone 
the  universe  is  moved  to  and  fro,  like 
masses  of  clouds  by  the  wind. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANT  Si 

181.  Therefore  the  seeker  after  Libera- 
tion must  carefully  purify  the  mind.  When 
-this  is  purified,  Liberation  is  as  easy  of 
access  as  a  fruit  on  the  palm  of  one's  hand. 

182.  He  who  by  means  of  one-pointed 
devotion  for  Liberation  roots  out  the  at- 
tachment for  sense- objects,  renounces  all 
actions,  and  with  faith  in  the  Real  Brah- 
man regularly  practises  hearing  etc., 
succeeds  in  purging  the  Rajasic  nature  of 
the  intellect. 

r  A  U  actions — that  are  done  with  selfish  motives. 

Hearittg  etc. — i.  e.  hearing  (from  the  lips  of  the 
Guru),  reflection  and  meditation,  of  the  highest 
Vedantic  truth — the  identity  of  the  Jiva  and  Brah- 
man. ] 


Si  VIVEKACHUDAISTANF 

183 .  Neither  cam  the  Mental  Sheath  Be 
the  Supreme  Seif^  because  it  has  a  begin- 
nings and  an  end  J  is  subject  to  modifications^ 
is  characterised  by  pain  and  suffering,  and 
is  an  object.  Whereas  the  subject  can 
never  be  identified  with  the  objects  of 
knowledge. 

[  Is  an  object — cognisable  by  the  Self  which  is  the 
eternal  subject.  ] 

184.  Buddhi  with  its  modifications  and. 
the  organs  of  knowledge^  having  the- 
characteristics  of  the  agent,  forms  the 
Vijnanamaya  Koshaor  Knowledge  Sheath^, 
which  is  the  cause  oi  man's  transmigration.. 

[  Buddhi — the  determinative  faculty. 

Modifications — such  as  Egoisnr^  etc. 

Having agent — thinking  *I  am  the  agents*  ] 

185.  This  Knowledge  Sheath,  which 
seems  to  be  followed  by  a  reflection  of  the 
power  of  the  Chit,  is  a  modification  of  the 
Prakriti,  is  endowed  with  the  functiQU  oi 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  B$ 

knowledge,  and  always  wholly  identifies  it- 
self with  the  body  and  the  organs  etc. 

[  Followed Chi/ — The  Knowledge  Sheath  is 

in  reality  material  and  insentient,  but  a  reflection 
of  ihe  C/ii/  or  Atman  makes  it  appear  as  intelligent. 

Modification  ^c. — and  therefore  insentient.  ] 

profit  ^wiW^  15^wr: 
frprrflr  f^r^ferar  g;;^?^^:  i 

186-7.  It  is  without  beginning,  charac- 
terised by  egoism,  is  called  the  Jiva,  and 
carries  on  all  the  activities  on  the  relative 
plane.     Through  previous  desires  it  per-  ^ 

forms  good  and  evil  actions,  and  experi- 
ences their  results.  Being  born  in  various 
bodies  it  comes  and  goes,  up  and  down. 
It  is  this  Knowledge  Sheath  that  has  the 
waking,  dream  and  other  states  and  ex- 
periences joy  and  grief. 

[  Previous  desires — desires  of  previous  births. 
Comes  and  goes,  up  and  down — is  born  and  dies, 
in  higher  or  lower  bodies,  j 


ts, 


84  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

188.  It  always  mistakes  the  dutie* 
functions  and  attributes  of  the  orders  of 
life  which  belong  to  the  body,  as  its  own. 
The  Knowledge  Sheath  is  exceedingly 
effulgent,  owing  to  its  close  proximity  to 
the  Supreme  Self,  which  identifying  Itself 
with  it  suffers  transmigration  through 
delusion.  It  is  therefore  a  superimposi- 
tion  on  the  Self. 

[  Orders  of  life — Ashramas.  ] 

^vi  Tk^^^^\  anr%5  eft  ^Src^rt  s^iM^:  \ 

189.  The  self-effulgent  Atman  which  is 
Pure  Knowledge,  shines  in  the  midst  of 
the  Pranas,  within  the  heart.  Though  im- 
mutable. It  becomes  the  agent  and  ex- 
periencer  owing  to  Its  superimposition — 
the  Knowledge  Sheath. 

[  The  first  part  of  this  Sloka  is  a  quotation  from 
Brihadaranyaka  Upa.  IV.  iii.  7. 

In  the  midst  of  the  Pranas — great  neari^ess  is 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  8$ 

meant.     Prana  means  force,  here  the  physiological 
And  mental  forces  are  referred  to. 

Wiihin  the  heart— \vi  Buddhi,  the  seat  of  which 
is  supposed  to  be  the  heart.  ] 

190.     Though  the  Self  of  everything  that 

exists,   this  Atman,   Itself    assuming  the 

limitations  of   the   Buddhi   and    wrongly 

identifying  Itself  with  this  totally  unreal 

entity,  looks  upon  Itself  as  something  dif- 

terent, — like  earthen  jars  from  the  earth 

of  which  they  are  made. 

[  Buddhi — here  stands  for  the  Knowledge- 
Sheath. 

As  something  different — as  conditioned  and  bound, 
just  an  ignorant  man  may  consider  earthen  pots  as 
something  distinct  from  the  earth  of  which  they  are 
made.  The  wise  man  knows  that  the  difference  is 
simply  due  to  name  and  form,  which  are  creations 
of  the  mind.  ] 


86  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

191.  Owing  to  its  connection  with  the 
superimpositions  the  Supreme  Self,  even 
though  naturally  perfect  and  eternally  un- 
changing, assumes  the  qualities  of  the 
superimpositions  and  appears  to  act  just 
as  they  do — ^like  the  changeless  fire  assum- 
ing the  modifications  of  the  iron  which  it 
turns  red-hot. 

[  Naturally  perfect— Ox  the  phrase  qi;:  PTfT^nr^ 
may  mean  *'  transcending  Nature." 

Mcdificatiom — such  as  size,  shape  etc.  ] 

192.  The  disciple  questioned,  *'  Be  it 
through  delusion  or  otherwise  that  the 
Supreme  Self  has  come  to  consider  Itself 
as  the  Jiva,  this  superimposition  is  with- 
out beginning,  and  that  which  has  no 
beginning  cannot  be  supposed  to  have  an 
end  either. 

[  Jiva — individual  soul,  or  the  Self  under  self- 
imposed  limitations.  ] 

193.  '*  Therefore  the  Jivahood  of  the 
Soul  also  must  have  no  end,  and  its  transmit 


VrVEKACHUDAMANl  iy 

^ration  continue  for  ever.  How  then  can 
there  be  liberation  for  tht  soul  ?  Kindly 
enlighten  me  on  this  point,  O  revered 
Teacher.'* 

[  Jwahood — the  self-hypnotised  state  of  the  cv<?i- 
free  A  tin  an.  ] 

194.  The  Teacher  replied:  Thou  hast 
Tightly  questioned,  O  learned  one  !  Listen 
thou  therefore  attentively:  The  imagina- 
tion which  has  been  conjured  up  by  delu* 
i;ion  can  never  be  accepted  as  a  fact, 

^rf^cf  f^nr  r^riaiF^^  Ht**«i^ l^^i^:  i 

195-  But  lor  delusion  there  can  be  no 
connection  of  the  Self — which  is  unat- 
tached, beyond  activity  and  formless — with 
the  objective  world,  as  in  the  case  of 
blueness  etc.  with  reference  to  the  sky. 

[  Blueness  etc. — The  sky  has  no  colour  of  its 
own  but  we  mentally  associate  blueness  with  it. 
The  blueness  is  in  our  mind^  and  not  in  the  sky. 
Similarly,  limitation  exists  not  in  the  Absolute  Self, 
bill  in  our  own  minds.  ] 


88  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

196.  The  Jivahood  of  the  Atman,  the 
Witness,  which  is  beyond  qualities  and 
beyond  activity,  and  which  is  realised  with- 
in as  Knowledge  and  Bliss  Absolute — has 
been  superimposed  by  the  delusion  of  the 
Buddhi,  and  is  not  r«al.  And  because  it 
is  by  nature  an  unreality,  it  ceases  to  exist 
when  the  delusion  is  gone. 

[  As  Knowledge  and  Bliss  Absolute — These  are 
Its  essence,  and  therefore  can  never  depart  from  It> 
as  heat  from  fire.  ] 

197.  It  exists  only  so  long  as  the  delu-- 
sion  lasts,  being  caused  by  indiscrimitiar 
tion  due  to  delusion.  The  rope  is  supposed 
to  be  the  snake  only  so  long  as  the  mis- 
take lasts,  and  there  is  no  more  snake  when 
the  delusion  has  vanished.  Similar  is  the 
case  here. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  $g 

198-9.  Avidya  or  Nescience  and  its 
effects  are  likewise  considered  as  beginning- 
less.  But  with  the  rise  of  Vidya  or  Reali- 
sation, the  entire  effects  of  Avidya,  even 
though  begin ningless,  are  destroyed  to- 
gether with  their  root — like  dreams  on 
waking  up  from  sleep.  It  is  clear  that  the 
phenomenal  universe,  even  though  begin- 
ningless,  is  not  eternal, — like  previous 
non-existence. 

\  Their  root — i.  e.  Avidya. 

Previous  non-existence — Prdgabhdva — a  term  of 
Hindu  logic.  When  we  say  a  thing  comes  into 
l)eing  at  a  definite  point  of  lime,  we  imply  also  that 
there  was  non-existence  of  that  particular  thing 
prior  to  the  moment  of  its  birth.  And  this  '  non- 
exi!^tence  '  is  obviously  beginningless.  But  \\.  ceases 
as  soon  as  the  thing  comes  into  being.  Similarly, 
AviJya  which  means  absence  of  Vidya  or  knowl- 
edge, even  though  beginningless,  disappears  when 
realisation  comes.  ] 


90  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

200-1.  A  previous  non-existence,  even 
though  beginningless,  is  observed  to  have 
an  end.  So  the  Jivahood  which  is 
imagined  to  be  in  the  Atman  through  its 
relation  with  superimposed  attributes  such 
as  the  Buddhi,  is  not  real;  whereas  the 
other  (the  Atman)  is  essentially  different 
from  it.  The  relation  between  the  Atman 
and  Buddhi  is  due  to  a  false  knowledge. 

[  Superimposed  attributes'.  Just  as  a  crystal 
placed  near  a,  red  flower  seems  to  appear  as  red. 
Or  when  we  look  at  a  thing  behind  a  curtain 
through  an  aperture,  as  the  aperture  becomes  bigger 
and  bigger  we  see  more  and  more  of  the  thing 
behind  ,*  but  we  erroneously  think  that  the  thing  is 
growing,  whereas,  in  reality  all  the  change  takes 
place  in  the  curtain  only.  Similarly  we  see  the 
Atman  through  the  covering  of  Prakriti  or  Nature, 
ot  which  Buddhi  etc.  are  manifestations,  and  Nature 
which  is  continually  changing,  leads  us  to  think 
that  the  Atman  back  of  it  is  changing  too,  which  is 
a  mistake.  ] 

202.  The  cessation  of  that  superimposi- 
tion  takes  place  through  perfect  knowl- 
edge,  and  by   no  other   means.      Perfect 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  9I 

knowledge,  according  to  the  Srutis,  con- 
sists in  the  realisation  of  the  identity  of 
the  individual  soul  and  Brahman. 

203.  This  realisation  is  attained  by  a 
perfect  discrimination  between  the  Self 
and  non-Self.  Therefore  one  must  strive 
for  the  discrimination  between  the  indivi- 
dual soul  and  the  eternal  Self. 

204.  Just  as  the  water  which  is  very 
muddy  again  appears  as  transparent  water 
when  the  mud  is  removed,  so  the  Atman 
also  manifests  Its  undimmed  lustre  when 
the  taint  has  been  removed. 

[  Water  is  naturally  pure,  but  it  is  polluted  by 
foreign  substances  mixing  with  it.  These  impurities 
can  be  removed  bv  filtration,  distillation  etc.  So 
the  apparent  impurity  of  the  soul  can  be  removed 
by  discrimination,  which  shows  that  it  is  Nescience 
thai  hides  the  real  nature  of  the  Self.  ] 


9:2  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

205.  When  the  unreal  ceases  to  exists 
this  very  individual  soul  is  definitely 
realised  as  the  eternal  Self.  Therefore 
one  must  make  it  a  point  to  completely 
remove  things  like  egoism  etc.  from  the 
eternal  Self. 

[  Things — which  are  in  reality  superimpositions.] 

206.  This  Knowledge  Sheath  (Vijnana- 
maya)  that  we  have  been  speaking  of, 
cannot  be  the  Supreme  Self  for  the  follow- 
ing reasons — because  it  is  subject  to 
change,  because  it  is  insentient,  is  a 
limited  thing,  an  object  of  the  senses,  and 
is  not  constantly  present:  An  unreal 
thing  cannot  indeed  be  taken  for  the  real 
Atman. 

[  Subject  to  change. — Whereas  the  Atman  is 
changeless,  Knowledge  Absolute,  unlimited,  the 
eternal  Subject,  and  the  universal  substratum  of  all 
things.  Just  as  the  rope  is  the  only  reality  witbi 
regard  to  the  mistaken  snake-idea  etc,  ] 

^^r^TR^^JT^:  nr5£rTfe?nir^:  jir^rwrm^^:! 


VTVEKACHUDAMANI  93 

207.  The  Blissful  Sheath  (Anandamaya) 
is  that  modification  of  Nescience  which 
manifests  itself  catching  a  reflection  of  the 
Atman  which  is  Bliss  absolute;  whose 
attiibutes  are  pleasure  and  the  rest ;  which 
appears  in  view  when  some  object  agree- 
able to  oneself  presents  itself.  It  makes 
itself  spontaneously  felt  to  the  fortunate 
during  the  fruition  of  their  virtuous  deeds ; 
from  which  every  corporeal  being  derives 
great  joy  without  the  least  effort. 

[  Modification  of  Nescience — The  experience  of 
the  Sushupti  state  will  be  spoken  of  in  the  next  Sloka 
to  be  the  typical  enjoyment  of  the  Anandamaya 
Kosha.  And  deep  sleep  is  always  a  state  of  intense 
ignorance.  Hence  this  Sheath  must  be  a  modifica- 
tion of  Nescience. 

Pleasure  and  the  rest — The  reference  is  to  the 
Taittiriya  Upa.  II.  v.,  where  Friya,  Moda  and 
Pramoda  (  various  degrees  of  enjoyment  )  are  said 
to  be  the  attributes  of  the  Anandamaya  Kosha.  ] 

208.  The  Blissful  Sheath  has  its  fullest 
play  during  profound  sleep,  while  in  the 
dreaming  and  wakeful  states  it  has  only  a 
partial   manifestation,  occasioned  by  the 

sight  of  agreeable  objects  and  so  forth. 

[  Sight... so  for  tk — actual  sense  perception  (in  the 
waking  state),  or  memory-impressions  (in  dream).] 


94  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 


^^f'WT'tjpwt:  ^TT^T^ 


209.  Nor  is  the  Blissftil  Sheath  the  Su- 
preme Self,  because  it  is  endowed  with 
changeful  attributes,  because  it  is  a  modi- 
fication of  Prakriti,  is  the  effect  of  past 
good  deeds,  and  imbedded  in  the  other 
Sheaths  which  are  modifications. 

[  Imbedded  in  the  other  Sheaths — The  reference 
is  again  to  the  Taittiriya  Upa.,  2nd  Chapter,  where 
the  five  Koshas  are  spoken  of  as  being  similar  in 
shape  and  one  inside  the  other,  the  Annamaya  or 
Material  Sheath  being  the  outermost  and  Ananda- 
maya  the  innermost.  J 

210.  When  all  the  five  Sheaths  have 
been  eliminated  by  the  reasoning  upon 
Sruti  passages,  what  remains  as  the  culmi- 
nating point  of  the  process,  is  the  Witness, 
the  Knowledge  Absolute, — the  Atman. 

[  Sruti  passages — those  that  describe  the  Atman 
negatively,  by  the  Neti  neii  (  not  this,  not  this ,) 
method. 

Culmuiating  point — beyond  which  the  process  of 
reasoning  or  analysis  cannot  be  carried  any  farther. 


VTVEKACHUDAMANI  99 

What  takes  place  then  is  termed  the  Aparokshd- 
nubhuii.  Realisation,  and  the  mind  is  then  said  to 
be  in  the  Samadhi  state.  ] 

211.     This   self-efhilgent  Atman     which 

IS    distinct    from   the    five    Sheaths,     the 

Witness  of  the  three  states,  the   Real,  the 

Changeless,  the  Untainted,  the  everlasting 

Bliss,— is  to  be  realised  by  the  wise  one  as 

one's  own  Self. 
[  Untainted— \>y  Nescience ;  hence  Absolute.  } 

ftiu.^<(^^^  mf^#S  *)?iMd!g;  ^^r^  r 

212.  The  disciple  questioned,  "After 
these  five  Sheaths  have  been  eliminated 
as  unreal,  I  find  nothing,  O  Teacher,  in 
this  universe  but  a  Void,  the  absence  of 
everything.  What  entity  does  there  at  all 
remain  with  which  the  wise  man  should 
realise  his  identity?*' 

[  The  position  of  the  Shunyavddins  or  Nihilists 
who  deny  that  there  remains  anything  positive  after 
Ihe  ullimsite  analysis,  is  set  forth  ia  this  Sloka  as  a 


^  VIVEKACHUDAMANl 

prima  facie  view,  and  the  refutation  is  given  in  the 
next  few  Slokas.  ] 

213-4.  The  Gum  answered  :  Thou  hast 
tightly  said,  O  learned  one  !  Thou  art 
clever  indeed  in  discrimination.  That  by 
which  all  those  modifications  such  as  egoism 
etc.  and  their  absence  as  well  which  follows 
(during  deep  sleep)  are  perceived,  but 
which  Itself  is  not  perceived,  know  thou 
that  Atman — the  Knower — ^through-  the 
sharpest  intellect. 

[  The  argument  is  this :  The  Atman  as  the  eter- 
nal Subject  must  remain  always.  Otherwise  there 
being  no  Subject,  knowledge  itself  will  be  im- 
possible. Even  in  the  Sushupti  state  there  must 
be  the  eternal  Subject  behind  to  record  the  blissful 
memory  of  that  state.  To  take  a  familiar  example  : 
In  a  bioscope  there  must  be  the  screen  to  allow 
the  moving  pictures  to  coalesce  and  form  a 
connected  whole.  Motion  presupposes  rest.  So 
the  ever-changing  Prakriti  must  have  behind  it  ibc 
immutable  Atman. 

Through  the  sharpest  intellect — An  echo  of  Hatha 
Upanishad  I.  Hi.  12.  ] 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  97 

215.  That  which  is  perceived  by  some- 
thing else  has  for  its  witness  the  latter. 
When  there  is  no  agent  to  perceive  a 
thing,  we  cannot  speak  of  that  thing  hav- 
ing been  perceived  at  all. 

216.  This  Atman  is  a  self-cognised 
entity,  because  It  is  cognised  by  Itself. 
Hence  the  individual  soul  is  itself  and 
directly  the  Supreme  Brahman,  and  noth- 
ing else. 

217.  That  which  clearly  manifests  It' 
self  in  the  states  of  wakefidness,  dream 
and  profound  sleep;  which  is  inwardly 
perceived  in  the  mind  in  various  forms,  as 
an  unbroken  series  of  egoistic  impressions ; 
which  witnesses  the  egoism,  the  Buddhi 
etc,  which  are  of  diverse  forms  and  modi- 


9S  VIVEKACHUDAMANT 

fications;  and  which  makes  Itself  felt  as- 
the  Ex'.sieiice-Knowledge-Bliss  Absolute;;, 
know  thou  this  Atman,  thy  own  Self  with- 
in thy  heart. 

[  Accor(.rnyg  to  lUe  Sankhya  Plvilosopliy,  the 
w1k)1c  ui»ivf  r-se,  as  it  appears  to  us,  is  a  mixture  of 
Puiusha  ami  Pjakiiii. — ot  soaieihii>g  wliicli  im- 
pinges on  or  gives  the  suggestion  to  our  minds,, 
and  of  liie  Hiind  \vi>Tch  reacts,  and  covers  it,  as  it 
^ere,  wiili  a  cu.iiing  ot  its  own.  lu  other  words^ 
eveiuhing  we  perceive  is  this  unknowii  something 
plus  i!ie  niinti,  or  to  put  it  briefly,  X  +  mind. 
Veiiania  suUsiitutes  Brahman  for  Purusiia  and* 
postulates- a  Nescience  as  the  inscrutable  power  oi 
traiiuj.iM,  wliicii  ci>v^rs  the  real  nature  of  Brahtnan- 
ami  n»ake>  it  liiink  as  if  It  were  subject  to  all  sorts. 
of  change  and  Inniiation.  Atman  is  only  another 
joame  of'  i'lriilwuaM.  So,  whenever  we  perceive  a 
thin<:,  iroMi  any  mental  impression,  it  must  be 
the  Alnian  aniP  nothing  else  tiiat  we  perceive.  Only 
151  our  ignorance  we  fail  to  grasp  the  real  nature  of 
the  thing  exjierienced  (the  Atman).  and  call  it 
under  various  names  and  forms.  l50,  our  egoism, 
oar  iHieWect,  and  all  mental  slates  are  manifesU'- 
ttons  of  ti»e  AtfKrtu  and  Atmaa  altxie.  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  99 

218.  Seeing  the  reflection  of  the  sun 
mirrored  in  the  water  of  a  jar  the  fool 
thinks  it  is  the  sun  itself.  Similarly  the 
stupid  man,  through  delusion,  identifies 
himself  with  the  reflection  of  the  Chit 
caught  in  the  Buddhi  which  is  Its  super- 
imposition. 

[■^;j//_il,e  Aiman  \v]»icli  is  Knowledge  Absolute] 

V 

219.  Just  as  the  wise  man  leaves  aside 
the  jar,  the  water  in  it  and  the  reflection 
of  the  sun  in  that  water,  and  sees  the  self- 
luminous  sun  which  illuminates  these  three 
and  is  independent  of  them ; 

[  hideptndent  crV. — iliese  being  merely  its  reflec- 
tions, wli:cb  serve  to  sugj^e^l  ine  leal  bun.  ] 


100  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

%m^  xk^j^vij  jkT^T  f^'j^i'.  wv^.V^ 

220-2.  Similarly,  discarding  the  bod;-  ,  the 
Buddhi,  and  the  reflection  oi  the  Ghi^  oi  it, 
and  realising  the  Witness,  the  Self,  the 
Knowledge  Absolute,  the  cause  of  the  mani- 
festation of  everything,  which  is  hidden  in 
the  recesses  of  the  Buddhi  and  is  ^stinct 
from  the  gross  and  subtle,  elernal,  omni- 
present, all-pervading,  extremely  subtle, 
which  has  neither  interiot  nor  ex-erlor, , 
and  is  identical  with  oneself, — fully  realis- 
ing this  true  nature  of  oneself,  one  be- 
comes free  from  sin,  and  taint,  and  death 
and  grief,  and  becomes  the  embodiment 
of  Bliss.  Illumined  himself,  he  :s  afraid  of 
none.  For  a  seeker  after  liberation  there 
is  no  other  way  to  the  breaking  of  the 
bonds  of  transmigration  than  the  realisa- 
tion of  the  truth  of  one's  own  Self. 

[  Bidden Bu(Idhi—li  is  llie  purified  Buddhi 

ivhich  catclies  a  glimpse  of  ihe  Atman, 

The  sense  of  various  Sruii  p;<ssages  (A  Advailifc 
import  is  reproiluced  in  'these  StokftS.     The  t^adw 


./ 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  lOI 

is  ync>cix\ny  referred  to  tlie  Brihadaranyaka  III.  viii. 
&,  'laiuiriya  II.  2.  and  Sveta-^vatara  III.  8.] 

223.  The  realisation  of  one's  identi- 
ty N/itli  f;lie  Brahman  is  the  cause  of 
liberation  from  the  bonds  of  Samsara,  by 
mea.ns  of  which  the  wise  man  attains 
Brahman,  the  One  without  a  second,  the 
Bliss  Absolute. 

224.  Once  having  realised  the  Brahman 
one  no  longer  returns  to  the  realm  of 
transmigration.  Therefore,  one  must  fully 
realise  one's  identity  with  the  Brahman. 

225.  Brahman  is  Existence,  Knowledge^ 
the  Absolute,  pure,  supreme,  self -existent, 
eternal  and  indivisible  Bliss,  not  different 
(in  reality)  from  the  individual  soul,  and 
devoid  of  interior  or  exterior, — there  It 
reigns  tiiumphant. 


102  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

226.  ^  It  is  this  Supreme  Oneness  which 
alone  is  real,  since  there  is  nothing  else 
but  the  Self.  Verily,  there  remains  no 
other  independent  entity  in  the  state  of 
realisation  of  the  highest  Truth. 

\^  Nothing  else — Evenlhing    but   the    Self   is    an 
appearance  merely.  ] 

^\KA  H^t?t  \^yk  TiT^TT^^  irarcf^irrfrn[  I 

227.  All  this  universe  which  appears  as  of 
diverse  forms  through  ignorance,  is  noth- 
ing else  but  Brahman  v/hich  is  absolutely 
free  from  all  the  limitations  of  human 
thought. 

\^P''reefrom thought — We   imagine    all    sorts 

of  tilings  ilirougli  ignoiiince,  imt   Hraliman    is    ever 
be\oiid  lliem,  and  is  liie  only  Reality.  ] 

228.  A  jar,  though  a  modification  of 
earth,  is  not  different  from  the  earth; 
everywhere  the  jar  is  essentially  the  same 
as  the  earth.  Why  then  call  it  a  jar  ? — It  is 
fictitious,  a  fancied  name  merely. 

l^  Fictitious name  merely — Quoted     in  SQum 

from  the  Chhandogya  Upa.,  Ch.  VI.  ] 


VTVEKACHUDAMANI  IO3 


^fTPCljk  ^sf^^^l'^nTT  ^^^^ 


t  r- 


229.  None  can  demonstrate  that  the 
essence  of  a  jar  is  some'ching  other  than 
the  earth  (of  which  it  is  made) .  Hence 
the  jar  is  merely  imagined  through  delu- 
rsion,  and  the  component  earth  alone  is  the 
abiding  reality  in  respect  of  it. 

230.  Similarly,  the  whole  universe  being 
the  effect  of  the  real  Brahman,  is  in  reality 
nothing  but  Brahman.  Its  essence  is  That, 
and  it  does  not  exist  apart  from  It.  He 
who  says  'it  is,'  is  still  under  delusion,— 
he  babbles  like  one  asleep. 

[  Likg  one  asleep— \.  e.  incolierently.  "| 

fy^?n^?Tf  5iir^T^  ft  f^^ 


-^J 


104  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

231.  Th:s  universe  is  verily  Brahman — 
such  is  the  august  pronouncement  of  the 
Atharva  Veda.  Therefore  this  universe  is 
nothing  but  Brahman, — for  that  which  i& 
superimposed  (on  something)  has  no  sepa- 
rate existence  from  its  substratum. 

[  The  reference  is  to  Mundaka  (II.  ii.  ii),  which 
IS  one  of  ihe  Upanishads  belonging  to  the  Atharva 

Veda.  ] 

232.  If  the  universe  were  real  as  it  is, 
there  would  be  no  cessation  of  the  dualistic 
element,  the  Scriptures  would  be  falsified, 
and  the  Lord  Himself  would  become  guilty 
of  an  untruth  :  None  of  these  three  is  con- 
sidered either  desirable  or  wholesome  by 
the  noble-minded. 

S^  No  cessation...... clement — The    world   as   it    i» 

would  become  real,  and  as  such  could  never  be  des- 
iroyed.  Hence  the  duality  wjih  all  its  ugly  features 
would  persist. 

Scriptures...... falsified — According    to    staoDch 

AdvaJtins  the  numerous  Advakic  texts  of  the  Sniiss*, 
inculcating  the  highest  philosophic  thought,  are 
alone  considered  as  bearing  out  the  true  im)>OTt  o£ 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  10$ 

iheSmlis.  to  winch  the  rest  of  the   Vedas  must  be 
subfuiliiialed. 

The  Lord  etc.-  beinp:  ll.e  Revealer  of  the  truths 
of  ti.e  Sniiis.  Or  the  i.lUisieii  «nay  be  to  Sri 
Krishna's  words  in  the  Gna  quoted  in  the  next 
verse.  ] 

233.  The  Lord,  who  knows  the  secret 
of  all  things,  has  supported  this  view  in 
the  words— "But  I  am  not  in  them/* 
"  And  the  beings  are  not  in  Me." 

[  Whoknoivs  fo^f.— Because    He  is  Omniscient. 

"  But  I  am  not  ^/f."—  The  reference  is  to  the  4th 

and    5lh   SU.kas   of  the   9iii   chapter  of    the    Gita 

A^'liicli  declare  thai  all  existence    owes   its   being   to 

Brahman  which  is  its  subsiratum,  yet  Absolute.  ] 

jx^  ^^  ^>?  ni^^  ^iHTiw^^mi?:  I 

234.  If  the  universe  be  true,  let  it  then 
be  perceived  in  the  state  of  deep  sleep  also. 
As  it  is  not  at  all  perceived  in  that  state, 
it  must  be  unreal  and  false,  like  dreams. 


I06  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

235.  Therefore  the  universe  does  not 
-exist  apart  from  the  Supreme  Self ;  and 
the  perception  of  its  separateness  is  false 
like  the  qualities  (of  blueness  etc.  in  the 
sky) .  Has  a  superimposed  attribute  any 
meaning  apart  from  its  substratum  ?  It 
is  the  substratum  that  appears  like  that 
thro dgh  delusion . 

[  Qualilles  of  bhieneas  etc. — See  Sloka  185. 
//  is  the  substratum  &"€  — The   rope   ai)[)ears   as 
the  snake.     This    idea  is   made  clear  iu  the  next 
few  Slokas.  ] 

^FcT^'qr  ^^f  i^r:^:  iTcfr^ 

%  236.  Whatever  a  deluded  man  perceives 
through  mistake,  is  Brahman  and  Brah- 
man alone:  The  silver  is  nothing  but  the 
mother-of-pearl.  It  is  Brahman  which  is 
always  considered  as  this  universe,  where- 
as that  which  is  superimposed  on  the  Brah- 
man, viz.  the  universe,  is  merely  a  name. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  IO7 

237.  Hence  whatever  there  manifests. 
viz.  this  universe,  is  the  Supreme  Brah- 
man Itself,  the  Real,  the  One  without  a 
second,  Pure,  the  Essence  of  Knowledge, 
the  Taintless,  Pacified,  devoid  of  begin- 
ning and  end,  beyond  activity,  the  Essence 
of  Bliss  Absolute. 

238.  Transcending  all  the  diversities 
created  by  Maya  or  Nescience,  eternal,  ever 
beyond  the  reach  of  pain,  indivisible,  un- 
conditioned, formless,  undifferentiated, 
nameless,  immutable,  self-luminous. 

239 .  Sages  realise  the  Supreme  Principle , 
Brahman, — in  which  there  is  no  differen- 
tiation of  knower,  knowledge  and  known, 
infinite,  transcendent,  the  Essence  of 
Knowledge  Absolute. 


io8  VIVEKACHUDAMANr 

^  240..  which  can  be  neither  thrown  away 
nor  taken  tip,  which  is  beyond  the  reach 
of  mind  and  speech,  immeasurable,  with- 
out beginning  and  end,  the  Whole,  one^s 
very  Self,  and  of  surpassing  glory. 

[  Neither  thrown taken  «/>— Because  It  is  not) 

a  material  thing  but  one's  Real  Self.  ] 

241-2.  If  thus  the  Sruti,  in  the  dictum 
''Thou  art  That"  {Tat-Tzvam-Asi),  xg:- 
peatedly  establishes  the  absolute  identity 
of  Brahman  (or  Isvara)  and  Jiva,  denoted 
by  the  terms  That  {Tat)  and  Thou  (Tvani) 
respectively,  divesting  these  terms  of  their 
relative  associations,  then  it  is  the  identity 
of  their  implied,  not  literal,  meanings  which 
is  sought  to  be  inculcated,  for  they  are  of 
contradictory  attributes  to  each  other — 
like  the  sun  and  a  glow-worm,  the  king 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  IO9 

and  a  servant,   the   ocean  and  a  well,  or 
Mount  Meru  and  an  atom. 

y  Jf  ihtts  the  Sruli  elc.—T\\Q  reference  is  to  the 
sixih  Chapter  of  llie  Chhandogya  Upanishad, 
where  Uddalaka  Aruni  tries  to  impress  on  ins  son, 
Sveiaketu,  the  identity  of  Jiva  and  Brahman  in 
various  ways.  ] 

243.  This  contradiction  between  them 
is  created  by  superimposition,  and  is  not 
something  real.  This  superimposition,  in 
the  case  of  Isvara  (the  Lord) ,  is  Maya  or 
Nescience,  which  is  the  cause  of  Mahat 
and  the  rest, — and  in  the  case  of  the  Jiva 
(the  individual  soul),  listen, — the  five 
Sheaths,   which  are  the  effects  of  Maya, 

stand  for  it. 

\_  Mahat — See  note  on  Sloka  123. 

And  the  rest — the  grosser  manifestations  that 
proceed  from  Mahat. 

Five  Sheaihs'^^SQQ  note  on  Sloka  125.] 


no  VIVEKACIIUDAMANI 

244.  These  two  are  the  superim positions 
of  the  Is  vara  and  the  Jiva,  and  when  these 
are  perfectly  eliminated  there  is  neither 
Isvara  nor  Jiva.  A  kingdom  is  the  in- 
signia of  a  king,  and  a  shield  of  the  soldier, 
and  when  these  are  taken  away,  there  is 
neither  king  nor  soldier. 

[  JS'either  king  nor  soldier — he  is  only  a  man 
then.  Similailj,  if  we  laive  away  the  omniscience 
omnipotence  etc.  from  Isvara,  and  deficiencies  of 
knowledge  and  power  etc.  from  tlie  Jiva,  on!y 
Brahman  remains  as  llie  substance  of  bolh.  ] 


S3 

1^  »^       r^  r^ 


T'T'^'ar^  ^iiT?ir  ^r^q^  se^ro:  I 

245.  The  Vedas  themselves  in  the  words 
"Now  then  is  the  injunction"  etc.,  repu- 
diates the  duality  imagined  in  the  Brah- 
man. One  must  needs  eliminate  those 
two  stiperimpositions  by  dint  of  realisation 
supported  by  the  aiilhority  of  the  Vedas. 

\'lhe  I  edas  etc, —  The  reference  is  lo  the  Biihad- 
aranyaka  Upa.  II.  iii.  6.  ] 

f?^  rsii  '^r^j  %^^j  ^^^m 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  III 

246.  Neither  this  gross  nor  this  subtle 
universe  (is  the  Atman) .  Being  imagined 
they  are  not  real, — like  the  snake  seen  in 
the  rope,  and  like  dreams. — Perfectly 
eliminating  the  objective  world  in  this  way 
by  means  of  reasoning,  one  should  next 
realise  the  oneness  that  underlies  the 
Isvara  and  the  Jiva. 

247.  Hence  those  two  terms  (Isvara  and 
Jiva)  must  be  carefully  considered  through 
their  ^?;2^/z><^  meanings,  so  that  their  abso- 
lute identity  may  be  established.  The 
method  of  wholesale  rejection  will  not  do, 
nor  will  the  method  of  retaining  in  toio 
do  either.  One  must  reason  out  through 
the  process  which  combines  the  two. 

[There  are  liiree  kinds  of  Lakshana  or  implied 
nieaTiing^.  The  J^hati,  the  Ajahaii  and  the  Bh^ga 
Lakshana.  The  first  is  that  in  which  one  of  the 
terms  lias  lo  give  up  its  primary  meaning.  For 
example,  tlie  plirase  inTT^ir  ^T^*  <ioes  not  mean 
that  a  vill;is;e  of  cowherils  is  ///  ilie  Ganges,  but  on 
the  G;mges.  'Ihe  second  kind  is  that  in  wliich  the 
primal y  meaning  is  retained  but  souiething  is  sup- 


112  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

plied  to  make  it  clear,  as  the  sentence  5[%?n"  m^FT 
means  •'  a  white  (horse)  is  running."  In  the  third 
kind  of  Lakshna  each  of  the  terms  has  to  give  up 
a  part  of  its  connotation,  see  the  next  Sloka.  ] 

248-9.  Just  as  in  the  sentence,  '  This  is 
that  Devadatta,'  the  identity  is  spoken  of, 
eliminating  the  contradictory  portions, 
so  in  the  sentence  'Thou  art  That,'  the 
wise  man  must  give  up  the  contradictory 
elements  on  both  sides  and  recognise  the 
identity  of  Isvara  and  Jiva,  noticing  care- 
fully the  essence  of  both,  which  is  Chzl, 
Knowledge  Absolute.  Thus  hundreds  of 
Scriptural  texts  inculcate  the  oneness  and 
identity  of  Brahman  and  Jiva. 

[  Coniradictory  portions — Such  as  the  differences 
of  time  and  place  etc.  ] 


rs    •^ 


'  VIVEKACnUDAMANI  II3 

250.  Eliminating  the  objective  world, — 
the  not-self,  by  such  arguments  as  '  It  is 
not  gross'  etc.,  (one  realises  the  Atman), 
which  is  self-established,  unattached  like 
the  sky,  and  beyond  the  range  of  thought. 
Therefore,  dismiss  this  mere  phantom  of  an 
objective  w^orld  which  thou  perceivest  and 
which  thou  hast  accepted  as  thy  own  self. 
By  means  of  the  purified  understanding 
that  thou  art  Brahman,  realise  thy  own 
Self,  the  Knowledge  Absolute. 

^mJ^  ^^^  ^zjjk  ^cT^  ^-^r^&^rr%<t 

251.  All  modifications  of  earth,  such  as 
the  jar  etc.,  which  are  always  accepted  by 
the  mind  as  real,  are  (in  reality)  nothing 
but  earth.  Similarly  this  entire  universe 
which  is  produced  from  the  Real  Brah- 
man, is  Brahman  Itself  and  nothing  but 


*■ 


114  VIVEKACHUDAMANf 

Brahman.  Because  there  is  nothing  else 
whatever  but  Brahman,  and  That  is  the 
only  self -existent  Reality,  our  very  Self,. 
therefore  thou  art  that  Pacified,  Pure,  Su-^ 
preme  Brahman,  the  One  without  a 
second. 


Os 


252.  As  the  place,  time,  objects,  knower, 
etc.  called  up- in.  dream  are  all  unreal,  so 
is  also  the  world  experienced  here  in  the 
w^aking  state,  for  it  is-  all  an  effect  of  one's 
own  ignorance.  Because  this  body,  the 
organs,  and  egoism  etc.  are  also  thus  un- 
real, therefore  thou  art  the  Pacified,.  Pure^. 
Supreme   Brahman.,    the   One  without    at 

Stv 


-econd. 


5X^  ^T'^T  ^flw  ^fk^^ 

253.  (What  i&)  erroneously  supposed  to^ 
exist  in  something,  is  when  the  truth 
about  it  has  been  known,    nothing;  but 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  I15 

that  substratum,  and  not  at  all  different 
from  it  :  The  diversified  dream  universe 
(appears  and)  passes  away  in  the  dream 
itself.  Does  it  appear  on  waking  as  some- 
thing distinct  from  one's  own  self? 

254.  That  which  is  beyond  caste  ancj 
creed,  family  and  lineage  ;  devoid  of  name 
and  form,  merit  and  demerit  ;  transcend- 
ing space,  time  and  sense-objects; — that 
Brahman  art  thou,  meditate  on  this  in 
thy  mind. 

255.  That  Supreme  Brahman  which  is  • 
beyond  the  range  of  all  speech,  but  ac- 
cessible to  the  eye  of  pure  illumination  ; 
which  is  pure,  the  Embodiment  of  Knowl- 
edge, the  beginningless  entity; — that 
Brahman  art  thou,  meditate  on  this  in 
thy  mind. 


1 16  VIVEKACHUDAMANJ 

256.  That  which  i^  untouched  by  the 
six-fold  wave ;  meditated  upon  by  the 
Yogi's  heart,  but  not  grasped  by  the 
sense  organs  ;  which  the  Buddhi  cannot 
know;  and  which  is  unimpeachable;  — 
that  Brahman  art  thou,  meditate  on  this 
in  thy  mind. 

[  Sixfold  wave — viz.  decay  and  death,  hunger 
and  thirst,  grief  and  delusion,  which  overtake  the 
body  and  mind.  ] 

257.  That  which  is  the  substratum  of 
the  universe  with  its  various  subdivisions, 
which  are  all  creations  of  delusion ;  which 
Itself  has  no  other  support;  which  is  dis-^ 
tinct  from  the  gross  and  subtle;  which 
has  no  parts;  and  has  verily  no  exemplar; — - 
that  Brahman  art  thou,  meditate  on  this 
in  thy  mind. 


VrVEtCACnUDAM  ANt  !  1  f 

258.  That  which  is  free  from  birth,' 
growth,  development,  waste,  disease  and 
death;  which  is  indestructible;  which  is 
the  cause  of  the  projection,  maintenance 
and  dissolution  of  the  universe; — that 
Brahman  art  thou,  meditate  on  this  in  thy 
mind. 

259.  That  which  is  free  from  differen- 
tiation; whose  essence  is  never  non-exis- 
tent; which  is  unmoved  like  the  ocean 
without  waves;  the  ever-free  ;  of  indivi- 
sible Form; — that  Brahman  art  thou, 
meditate  on  this  in  thy  mind. 


Il8  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

260/  That  which,  though  One  only,  is 
the  cause  of  the  many;  which  refutes  all 
other  causes;  which  is  Itself  without 
cause;  distinct  from  Maya  and  its  effect, 
the  universe;  and  independent ;— that 
Brahman  art  thou,  meditate  on  this  in  thy 
mind. 

261,  That  which  is  free  from  duality; 
which  is  infinite  and  indestructible;  dis- 
tinct from  the  universe  and  Maya, — 
supreme,  eternal;  which  is  undying  Bliss; 
taintless; — that  Brahman  art  thou,  medi- 
tate on  this  in  thy  mind. 


rs   rv 


262.  That  Reality  which  (though  One) 
appears  variously  owing  to  delusion, — 
taking  on  names  and  forms,  attributes 
and  changes.  Itself  always  unchanged, 
like  gold  in  its  modifications, — that  Biah- 


VIVEKACHUDAMANl  1 19 

man  art   thou,   meditate  on    this  in   thy 
mind. 

263.  That  bevond  which  there  is  noth- 
ing;  which  shines  above  Maya  even,  which 
again  is  superior  to  its  effects,  the  uni- 
verse; the  inmost-Self  of  all.  free  from  dif- 
ferentiation; the  Real  Self;  the  Existence- 
Knowledge-Bliss  Absolute;  Infinite  and 
immutable; — that  Brahman  art  thou, 
meditate  on  this  in  thy  mind. 

264.  On  the  Truth  inculcated  above,, 
one  must  oneself  meditate  in  one's  mind,  by 
means  of  the  recognised  arguments.  By 
that  means  one  will  realise  the  Truth  free 
from  doubt  etc.,  like  water  in  the  palm  ol 
one's  hand. 

[  Inculcated  above — in  the  ten  preceding  Slokas. 
Recognised  arguments — that  are  in  harmony  with 
the  Vedas.  ] 


120  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

f^m^  ^^^  ^^^^  It?^  I 

265 .  Realising:  in  this  bodv  the  Knowledg^e 
Absohite  free  from  Nescience  and  its 
effects,  like  the  king  in  an  ariny^  and 
being  ever  established  in  thy  own  Self,  by 
resting  on  that  Knowledge,  merge  the 
universe  in  the  Brahman. 

266.  In  the  recesses  of  the  Bnddhi  there 
is  the  Brahman,  distinct  from  the  gross 
and  subtle,  the  Existence  Absolute,  Su- 
preme, the  One  without  a  second.  Ke 
who  lives  in  this  cave  as  Brah7Jian^  for 
him,  O  beloved,  there  is  no  more  entrance 
into  the  mother's  v/omb. 

[  Cave — The  Buddhi  is  often  spoken  of  thus. 
He  who  lives  etc. — He  who  always  thinks  of  him- 
self as  Brahman  has  no  more  rebirth.  ] 


r-  'v 


iirm  ^^3?^^  ^^f^cTT  ^TO^TT  yrn^':^ 


ViVEKACITUDAMANr  tHi 

267.  Even  after  the  Truth  has  been 
realised,  there  remains  that  strong  begin- 
ningless,  obstinate  imprcssioti  that  one  i5 
the  agent  and  experiencer,  which  is  the" 
cause  of  one's  transmigration.  That 
impression  has  to  be  carefully  removed  by 
living  in  the  Brahman  with  a  constant 
identification  with  the  SujDreme  Self.  The' 
sao:es  call  that  liberation  which  is  the 
attenuation  of  Vasanas  or  impressions  here 
and  now. 

[  Atienuatio7t  <?/<:.— Because  the   man   v/ho    has^ 
no  selfish  desires  easily  attains  Mukti.  } 


•^  r^ 


268.  The  idea  of  '  me  and  mine'  in  the 
body  and  organs,  which  are  non-self, — this* 
superimposition  the  wise  one  must  put  a 
stop  to,  by  indentifying  oneself  with  the 
Atman. 

269.  Realising  thy  own  Inmost  Self,  the 
Witness  of  the  Buddhi  and  its  modifica-' 
tions,   and  constantly  revolving    on    the 


122  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

positive  thought,  *I  am  He,'  conquer  this 
identification  with  the  non-Self. 

270.  Relinquishing  the  observance  of 
social  formalities,  giving  up  all  ideas  of 
trimming  up  the  body,  and  avoiding  too 
much  engrossment  with  the  Scriptures, 
do  away  with  the  superimposition  that 
kas  come  upon  thyself. 

271.  Owing  to  the  desire  to  walk  after 
society,  the  passion  for  too  much  study 
of  the  Scriptures  and  the  desire  to  keep 
the  body  comfortable,  people  cannot  at- 
tain to  proper  Realisation. 

^Ts^rfkg^*.  'ETg^m  gT%n  irns^ii 

272.  For  one  who  seeks  deliverance 
from  the  prison  of  this  world  (Samsara), 
those  three  desires  have  been  designated 
t>y  the  wise  as  the  strong  iron  fetters  to 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  I23 

shackle  one's  feet.     He  who  is  free  from 
them  truly  attains  to  Liberation. 

273.  The  lovely  odour  of  the  Agaru 
(agallochum)  which  is  hidden  by  a  power- 
ful stench  due  to  its  contact  with  water 
etc.,  (again)  manifests  itself  when  the 
foreign  smell  has  been  fully  removed  by 
mere  rubbine. 


274.  Like  the  fragrance  of  the  sandal- 
wood, the  perfume  of  the  Supreme  Sglf, 
-which  is  covered  with  the  dust  of  endless, 
virulent  desires  imbedded  in  the  mind,  w^heu 
purified  by  the  constant  friction  of 
Knowledge,  is  (again)  clearly  perceived. 

[  Sandalwood — the     '  Agaru  '    of    the    prey|io,iji« 
Sloka  is  meant. 

VasaTid   in   Sanskrit  means   both  '  odo.ux '  .9Jti4 
•desire.  ] 


i^4  tlVEKACHUDAK^Al^f 

275.  The  desire  for  Self-realisation  is 
obsctired  by  the  countless  desires  foT 
things  other  thaii  the  Self.  When  they 
have  been  destroyed  by  the  constant  at- 
tachment for  the  Self,-  the  Atman  clearly 
manifests  Itself  of  Its  own  accord. 

276.  As  the  mind  becomes  gradually 
established  in  the  Inmost  Self,  it  propor- 
tionately gives  up  the  desires  for  external 
objects.  And  when  all  such  desires  have 
been  eliminated^  there  takes  place  the  un- 
obstructed Realisation  of  the  At  man. 

277  The  Yogi's  mind  dies,  being  cons- 
tantly fixed  on  his  own  (Real)  Self.  Thence 
follows  the  cessation  of  desires.  There- 
fore do  away  with  thy  superimposition. 


VIVEKACnUDAMANI  12$ 

278.  Tamas  is  destroyed  by  both  Sattva 
and  Rajas,  Rajas  by  Sattva,  and  Sattva 
dies  when  purified.  Therefore  do  away 
with  thy  superimposiLion,  through  the 
help  of  Sattva. 

STR^  5^^rcT  ^jftm  f^rfk^  f?rajqr:  i 

279.  Knowing  for  certain  that  the  Pra- 
rabdha  work  will  maintain  this  body, 
remain  quiet  and  do  away  with  thy 
superimposition  carefully  and  with  forti- 
tude . 

{  Prdrahdha — the  resultant  of  past  Karma  that 
has  led  to  the  present  birth.  When  this  is  worked 
out,  the  body  falls,  and  Videhamukti   is  the  result.] 

280.  "  I  am  not  the  individual  soul,  but 
the  Supreme  Brahman," — eliminating 
thus  all  that  is  not-Self,  do  away  with  thy 
superimposition,  which  has  come  through 
the  momentum  of  (past)  desires. 

281.  Realising  thyself  as  the  Self  of  all 
by  meai;s  of  Scripture,  reasoning  and  thy 


126  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

own  Realisation,  do  away  with  thy  supef- 
imposition,  even  when  a  trace  of  it  seems 
to  appear. 

282.  The  sage  has  no  connection  what- 
ever with  action,  as  he  has  no  idea  of 
accepting  or  giving  up.  Therefore,  through 
constant  engrossment  on  the  Brahman 
alone,  do  away  wdth  thy  superimposition. 

283.  Through  the  realisation  of  the 
identity  of  Brahman  and  the  soul,  result- 
ing from  such  great  dicta  as  '  Thou  art 
That'  and  so  forth,  do  away  with  thy 
superimposition,  with  a  view  to  strengthen 
thv  identification  with  Brahman. 

284.  Until  the  identification  with  this 
body  is  completely  rooted  out,  do  away  with 
thy  superimposition  with  watchfulness 
and  concentrated  mind. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  12/ 

285.  So  long  as  even  a  dream-like  per- 
ception of  the  universe  and  souls  persists^ 
do  away  with,  thy  superiinpo&itioii,  O 
learned  one,  without  the  least  break. 

[  The  u?iiverse  and  souls — i.  e.  plurality.  ] 

286.  Without  giving  the  slightest  chance 
to  oblivion  on  accoiint  of  sleep,  concern 
in  secular  matters  or  the  sense-objects,, 
reflect  on  the  Self  in  thy  mind, 


287.  Shunning  from  a  safe  distance  the 
the  body,  which  has  come  from  parents 
and  itself  consists  of  flesh  and  impurities^ 
— as  one  does  an  outcast, — be  thou  Brah- 
man and  realise  the  consummation  of  thy 

life. 

[  Shunning — i.  e.  giving  up  all   identification   of 
the  body  which  is  very  impure.  J 

^ro"^T5d  JTIT^T^  ^^T?m5T  q^Trm%  \ 

288.  Merging  the  finite  soul  in  the  Su- 
preme Self,  hke  the  space  enclosed  by  a 
jar  in  the  infinite  space,  by  means  of  medi- 


12^  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

tation  on  their  identity,  always  keep  quiet, 
O  sage. 

289.  Becoming  thyself  the  self -effulgent 
Brahman,  the  substratum  of  all  phenom- 
ena,— as  that  Reality,  give  tip  both  the 
macrocosm  and  the  microcosm,  like  two 
filthy  receptacles. 

[Giz'^e  up vikrocosm — ceasing  to  care  for  the 

whole  universe,  which  is  other  than  the  Self,  and 
which  pales  into  insignificance  before  the  majesty 
of  the  Self.] 

290.  Transferring  the  identification  now 
rooted  in  the  body,  to  the  Atman,  the 
Existence-Knowledge-Bliss  Absolute,  and 
discarding  the  subtle  body,  be  thou  ever 
alone,  independent. 

[  Discardi7ig — ceasing  to  identify  oneself  with.] 

291.  That  in  which  there  is  this  reflec- 
tion of  the  universe,  as  a  city  is  reflected 
in   a    mirror, — that    Brahman  am    I ; — 


VIVEKACnUDAMANI  1 29 

knowing   this   thou   wilt  attain    the    con- 
summation of  thy  life. 

292.  That  which  is  real  and  thy  own 
primeval  Essence,  that  Knowledge,  and 
Bliss  Absolute,  the  One  without  a  second, 
which  is  beyond  form  and  activity — at- 
taining That  one  should  cease  to  identify 
oneself  with  one's  false  bodies,  like  an 
actor  giving  up  his  assumed  mask. 

[  liaise  bodies — the  gross,  subtle  and  causal 
bodies,  which  are  superimpositions  upon  the  Atman. 

Like  a?t  actor  etc. — When  the  actor  has  played 
his  part,  he  is  simply  a  man.  So  the  man  of  reali- 
sation is  one  with  Brahman,  his  real  Essence.  ] 


f^  •v 


293.     This  objective  universe  is  absolute-  1^ 
ly  unreal  ;  neither  is  Egoism  a  reality,  for 
it  is   observed  to  be   momentary.      How 
cau  the   perception   that   I   know  all,   be 


130     -  VIVEIvACHUDAffTANr 

true  of  Egoism  etc.  which  are  momentary? 

\  The  pei-GCption. .all — Man's    ml4«rent   belief' 

m  the  omHiseience  of.  the  Atman  is  mea^nt.  ] 

5%  H^T  R^  CRT  ^fir:  5^^4 

294.  But  the  real  'I'  is  that  which, 
witnesses-  the  Ego  and  the  rest.  It  exists- 
always,  even  in.  the  state  of  profound 
sleep.  The  Sniti  herself  says,  "  It  is  birth- 
less,  eternal"' etc..  Therefore  the  Param- 
atman  is  different  from,  the  gro>ss  and 
subtle  bodies. 

\  Exists  ahvays sleep- — as  the   witness-  of   all- 

experience. 

The  Sruii  &'c. — The  reference  is-  ta  the   Katha> 
Upanlshad,  I.  ii.  l8.] 

295.  It  is  the  knower  of  all  changes  'in 
things,  subject  to  change,  therefore  It 
should  be  eternal  and  chan«:eless.  The 
unreality  of  the  gross  and  subtle   bodies  is^ 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  I3I 

ao^aln  and  again  clearly  noticed   in   imagi- 
nation, dream  and  profound  sleep. 

[The  unreaiity sleep:  Because  the   subtle    is 

not  perceived  in  the   Sushupti   state  and   the  gross 
body  in  ilie  dream  and  Sushupti  states.  ] 

296.  Therefore  give  np  thy  identifica- 
tions with  this  lump  of  flesh — the  gross 
body,  as  well  as  with  the  Ego  or  the  subtle 
body,  which  are  both  imagined  by  the 
Buddhi.  Realising  thy  own  Self,  which 
is  Knowledge  Absolute  and  not  to  be  denied 
in  past,  present  and  future, — attain  to 
Peace, 

[  Imagined  by  Buddhi — Because  they  are  not  in 
Annan  and  our  ignorance  conjures  them  up  through 
the  Buddhi  or  determinative  faculty. 

Denied  &'c, — Because  the  Atman  transcends 
time,  ] 

f^l^w  '^^\^\^  ^t^r^r- 


132  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

>(  297.  Cease  to  identify  thyself  with 
family,  lineage,  name  and  form  which  per- 
tain to  the  body,  which  is  like  a  rotten 
corpse  (to  a  Jnanin) .  Similarly  giving  up 
the  ideas  that  thon  art  the  agent  and  so 
forth,  which  are  attributes  of  the  subtle 
body,  be  thou  the  Essence  of  Bliss  Abso- 
lute. 

[  Rotten  corpse — The  body  appears  as  living  only 
through  the  erroneous  identification  of  the  Buddhi^ 
and  when  that  ceases  on  realisation,  the  body  is 
nothing  but  a  putrid  corpse,  to  be  shunned. 

Attributes  of  the  subtle  body.  The  Jnani  must 
realise  his  identity  with  the  Atman  alone.  ] 

298.  Other  obstacles  are  also  observed 
to  exist  for  men,  which  lead  to  transmigra- 
tion. The  root  of  them,  for  the  above 
reasons,  is  the  first  modification  of  Nes- 
cience they  call  Egoism. 

[  Other  obstacles— ~s\iq\\  as  desires  etc. 
For  the  above  reasojis — because  but  for  Egoism, 
which  is  a  product  of  nescience,  there   would   not 
be  any  false  identification,  and  therefore  no  serious 
.    trouble.  J 

cJf^vT  ^^m^THT  gf^^rTlT  f^gWT  IR^S.11 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  J  33 

299.  So  long  as  one  has  any  relation 
with  this  wicked  Ego,  there  should  not  be 
tlie  least  talk  about  Liberation,  which  is 
unique. 

300.  Freed  from  the  clutches  of  Egoism, 
man  attains  to  his  real  nature,  as  the  moon 
from  those  of  the  planet  Rahu.  He  be- 
comes pure,  infinite,  eternally  blissful  and 
self-luminous. 

[  Graha  in  Sanskrit  means  both  *  planet '  and 
*  seizure.'  The  eclipses  of  the  sun  and  moon  are 
popularly  ascribed  by  Hindu  mythology  to  the 
periodical  attacks  by  their  enemy  Rahu,  a  demon 
whom  they  prevented  from  drinking  the  nectar.  ] 


f^  r^. 


^r  ^  5?:  ^TSlTJTTrT  STrfTcTT 

301.  That  which  has  been  created  by 
the  Buddhi  extremely  deluded  by  Nescience, 
and  which  is  perceived  in  this  body  as  'I 
am  such  and  such,' — when  that  Egoism  is 
totally  destroyed,  one  attains  an  un- 
obstructed identity  with  the  Brahman. 
[lam   such  and  such — I   am    strong   or    weak, 


134  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

learned  or   ignorant,   happy   or  miserable   and  so 
fortii.  ] 

f^^r5ir^^JT^m?Tr  ^rt^ctt  f^r^^  m^^^^ 

302.  The  treasure  of  the  Bliss  of  Brah- 
man is  coiled  round  by  the  mighty  deadly 
serpent  of  Egoism,  and  guarded  for  its 
own  use  by  means  of  its  three  fierce  hoods 
consisting  of  the  three  Gunas.  Only  the 
wise  man  destroying  it  by  severing  its 
three  hoods  with  the  great  sword  of  Reali- 
sation in  accordance  with  the  teachings 
of  the  Srutis  can  enjoy  this  treasure  which 
confers  bliss. 

[In  this  Sloka  Egoism  i«  compared  to  a  three- 
headed  snake.  Sattva,  Rajas  and  Tamas — balance, 
activity  and  inertia — are  spoken  of  as  its  three 
hoods.  The  way  to  destroy  it  is  through  Realisation. 
When  Egoism  is  gone,  one  is  conscious  of  his 
real  nature  as  Brahman.  The  appropriateness  of 
the  metaphors  is  obvious.  ] 

303.  As  long  as  there  is  a  trace  of 
poisoning  left  in  the  body,   how  can   one 


tivekaciiudama:ni  135 

h'ojfc  for  recovery?     Similar  is  the  effect  of 
Egoism  on  the  Yogi's  Liberation. 

304.  Through  the  complete  cessation  ol 
Egoism,  through  the  stoppage  of  the  diverse 
mental  waves  due  to  it,  and  through  the 
discrimination  of  the  inner  Reality,  one 
realises  that  Reality  as  'I  am  This.' 

[A/en/al  waves — such  as  doubt,  wrong  notion  etc.] 

305.  Give  up  immediately  thy  identi- 
fication with  the  Egoism — the  agent — 
which  is  by  its  nature  a  modification, 
which  is  endued  with  a  reflection  of  the 
Self,  and  which  diverts  one  from  being 
established  in  the  Self, — identifying  thy- 
self with  which  thou  hast  come  by  this 
relative  existence,  full  of  the  miseries  of 
birth,  decay  and  death, — though  thou  art 
the  Witness,  the  Essence  of  Knowledge 
and  Bliss  Absolute. 


136  VIVEKACHUDAMANi 

[  Modificatioji — of  Nescience,  and  therefore  noo- 
peimanent. 

Endued  elc. — This  makes  it  look  intellio^ent. 
Relative  existence — Samsara  or  transmigration.] 

306.  But  for  th)-  identification  with  that 
Egoism  there  can  never  be  any  transmi- 
gration for  thee  who  art  eternally  the 
same,  the  Knowledge  Absolute,  omnipre- 
sent, the  Bliss  Absolute,  and  of  untarnished 
glory. 

[  Untarnished     glory — compare       Swelaswatara 
Vi.19.  ]i 

307.  Therefore,  destroying  this  Egoism, 
thy  enemy, — which  appears  like  a  thorn 
sticking  in  the  throat  of  one  taking  his 
meal — through  the  great  sword  of  Reali- 
sation, enjoy  directly  and  freely  the  bliss  of 
thy  own  empire,  the  majesty  of  the  Alaian. 


VrVKKACIIUDAMANi  tj^ 

,[  Great  sword — Mnhdsi.  Tlie  phrase,  as  it  is.  ig 
applicable  to  only  one  side  of  the  comparison, 
namely,  '  the  enemy,'  but  not  to  *  the  tliorn,'  for 
which  it  should  be  interpreted  to  mean  '  a  sharp 
knif 


308.  Therefore,  checking  the  activities 
of  Egoism  etc.,  and  giving  np  all  attach- 
uient  through  the  realisation  of  the  Su- 
preme Reality,  be  free  from  all  duality 
through  tlie  enjoyment  of  the  Bliss  of  Self, 
and  remain  qniet  in  the  Brahman,  for 
thou  hast  attained  thy  infinite  nature. 

[  Egois7n  etc. — Egoism    \Yith    its   two  forms,  '  I ' 
and  '  mine.'] 


"^     rv 


r^      »^ 


309.     Even  thongh  completely  rooted  out,  "f* 
this   terrible   Egoism,   if   revolved    in    the 
mind  for   a  moment    only,    returns   to  life 
and  creates  hundreds  of   mischiefs,   like   a 


138  VIVEKACHUDAMANl 

cloud  itskered  in  by  the   wind  during  tlie 
rainy  season. 

sr^m^TCR^^Tnr^TTg  II?? oil 

310.  Overpowering  this  enemy,  Egoism, 
not  a  moment's  respite  should  b&  given  to 
it  by  thinking  on  sense-objects.  That  is 
verily  the  cause  of  its  coming  back  to  life, 
like  water  to  a  citron  tree  that  has  al- 
most dried  up. 

311.  He  alone  who  has  identified  him- 
self with  the  bodv  is  o^reedv  after  senses 
pleasures.  How  can  one  devoid  of  body-idea 
be  greedy  (like  him)  ?  Hence  the  tendency 
to  think  on  sense-objectsis  verily  the  cause 
of  the  bondage  of  transmigration,  giving 
rise  to  an  idea  of  distinction  or  duality. 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  1 39 

312.  When  the  effects  are  developed,  the 
seed  is  also  observed  to  be  such,  and  when 
the  efiects  are  destroyed  the  seed  also  is 
seen  to  be  destroyed.  Therefore  one  must 
subdue  the  effects. 

[  Effects — actions    done     with     selfish     motives. 
Seed — desire  for  sense-pleasures. 
Tlie  next  Sloka  explains  this. 

313.  Through  the  increase  of  desires 
selfish  work  increases,  and  when  there  is  an 
increase  of  selfish  work  there  is  alwavs  an 
increase  of  desire  also.  And  man's  trans- 
migration is  never  at  an  end. 


♦    r^ 


314.  For  the  sake  of  breaking  the  chain 
of  transmio^ration  the  Sannvasin  should 
burn  to  ashes  those  two  for  by  thinking 
of  sense-objects  and  doing  selfish  acts 
lead  to  an  increase  of  desires. 


i40  VlVEKACPIUftAMANf 

315-6.  Augmented  by  these  two,  desires 
produce  one's  transmigration.  The  way 
to  destroy  these  three,  however,  lies  in 
looking  upon  everything,  under  all  cir- 
cumstances, always,  everywhere  and  in  all 
respects,  as  Brahman  and  Brahman  alone. 
Through  the  strengthening  of  the  longing 
to  be  one  with  Brahman  those  three  are 
annihilated. 

[  I'hese  three — selfish  work,  dwelling  on  sense- 
objects  and  sense-hankering  for  ihem.  The  next 
Sloka  gives  the  steps  to  realisation.  ] 

317.  With  the  cessation  of  selfish  action 
the  brooding  on  sense-objects  is  stopped, 
which  is  followed  by  the  destruction  of 
desires.  The  destruction  of  desires  is 
Liberation,  and  this  is  considered  as 
Liberation-in-life. 

318.  When  the  desire  for  realising  the 
Brahman  has  a  marked  manifestation  the 
egoistic  desires  readily  vanish,  as  the  most 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  14I 

intense   darkness   effectively   vanishes  be- 
fore the  glow  of  the  rising  sun. 

319.  Darkness  and  the  numerons  evils 
that  attend  on  it  are  not  noticed  when 
the  sun  rises.  Similarly  on  the  realisa- 
tion of  the  Bliss  Absolute  there  is  neither 
bondage  nor  the  least  trace  of  misery. 

320.  Causing  the  external  and  internal 
universes  which  are  now  perceived  to 
vanish  and  meditating  on  the  Reality,  the 
Bliss  Embodied,  one  should  pass  one's  time 
watchfully,  if  there  be  any  residue  of 
Prarabdha  work  left. 

[  Exiertial  atid  internal  universes — the  worlds 
of  maUer  and  thought.  The  former  exists  outside 
of  man,  whereas  the  latter  he  himself  creates  by 
the  power  of  thought. 

Causing to  vanish — through   the  eliminating 


142  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

process,    '  Neti,  Neti '—Brahman    is   not  this,  not 

this,  etc.  ] 

321.  One  should  never  be  careless  in 
one's  steadfastness  to  Brahman.  Bhagavan 
Sanatkumara,  who  is  Brahma's  son,  has 
called  inadvertence  to  be  death  itself. 

[  Sa7mtkumara  &c. — In  the  celebrated  Sanat- 
sujata-Samvada  (chapters  40-45,  Udyoga  Parva, 
Mahabharata) — the  conversation  between  Sanat- 
kumara and  King  Dhritarashtra — there  occur  words 
like  the  following — ^^xK  %  ^^^Tt  ^CfR— "  I  call 
inadvertence  itself  as  death," '  &c. 

Brahmd's  son — and  therefore  a  high  authority  on 
spiritual  matters.  ] 

5T  srRT^r^^^rs??fr  ^Tf?r?r:  ^'^^^^Tct:  i 


•v 


322.  There  is  no  greater  danger  for  the 
J7ta7itn  than  carelessness  about  his  own 
real  natiire.  From  this  comes  delusion, 
thence  egoism,  this  is  followed  by  bondage, 
and  then  comes  misery. 

323.  Finding  even  a  wise  man  hanker- 
ing after  sense-objects,  oblivion  torments 


VIVEKACHUDAMANr  143 

him  tlirough  the  evil  propensities  oi  the 
Biiddhi,  as  a  woman  does  her  doting" 
paramour. 

[The  memory  of  his  sweetheart  haunts  the  man 
and  he  is  miserable.] 

324.     As    sedge,    even   if  removed,  does  V 
not   stay   away   for  a   moment  but  covers 
the  water  again,  so  Maya  or  Nescience  also 
coders  even  a  wise  man  if  he  is  averse   to 
meditation  on  the  Self. 

[  The  sedge  has  to  be  prevented  from  closing  in> 
by  means  of  a  bamboo  or  some  other  thing. 
Meditation  also  is  necessary  to  keep  Nescience 
away.  ] 


»    *s 


Qr^?T^g;?T  ^^r^  r^TfiTT^f 


*-  <> 


^r^g^  ^f^^cT^^^cTct:  I 


•n    r- 


Simmer:  sr^3^  ^rm^^j^: 

325.  If  the  mind  ever  so  slightly  strays 
from  the  Ideal,  and  becomes  outgoing, 
then  it  goes  down  and  down,  jiisl:  as  a 
play-ball  inadvertently  dropped  on  the 
staircase  bounds  down  from  one  step  to 
another. 
[Ideal — Brahman.    Cf,  IMundaka  II.  ii.  3-4. 


144  VIVEKACIIUDAMANI 

What  a  terrible  and  graphic   warning  to  happy- 
go-lucky  aspirants  !  ] 

326.  The  mind  that  is  attached  to  the 
sense-objects  reflects  on  their  qtiahties; 
from  mature  reflection  arises  desire,  and 
after  desiring  a  man  sets  about  having  that 
thing. 

[  An  echo  of  Gita,  11.  62-63.  ] 


•s     r^ 


327 .  Hence  to  the  discriminating  knower 
of  Brahman  there  is  no  worse  death  than 
inadvertence  with  regard  to  concentra- 
tion. But  the  man  who  is  concentrated 
attains  complete  success.  (Therefore) 
carefully  concentrate  thy  mind  (on  Brah- 
man) . 

328.  Through  inadvertence  a  man 
deviates  from  his  real  nature,  and  the  man 
who  has  thus  deviated  falls.     The  fallen 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  I45 

man  invariably  comes  to  ruin,  but  is  never 
seen  to  rise  up  ag^ain. 

m^^F^rq^^?fr  ir^  '4jif  3%  7T^:  ^r>:  iiBv5l 

329.  Therefore  one  shoujd  give  up  re- 
flecting on  sense-objects,  which  is  the 
root  of  all  mischief.  He  who  is  com- 
pletely aloof  even  while  living,  is  alone 
aloof  after  the  dissolution  of  the  body. 
The  Vajurveda  declares  that  there  is  fear 
for  one  who  sees  the  least  bit  of  distinction. 

]  Yajurveda  «jV. — The  Taiiiiriya  Upanishad  (II. 
vii.)  which  belongs  to  the  Vajurveda.  J 

^^r  ^rr  ^rft  f^rrfW^'r 

^^rf^cT  nT^crfTj-T  iTJTr^R?^  \\\\^\\ 

330.  Whenever  the  wise  man  sees  the 
least  difference  in  the  infinite  Brahman, 
at  once  that  which  he  sees  as  different 
through  mistake,  becomes  a  source  01 
terror  to  him.  ^ 


146  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 


■ft*  r-s 


331.  He  who  identifies  himself  with  the 
objective  universe  which  has  been,  denied 
by  the  Vedas,  Smritis  and  hundreds  of 
inferences,  experiences  misery  after  misery,, 
like  a  thief,  for  he  does  something  for- 
bidden. 

[  The  thfef  rs  pmiisiied  for  stealing  with  im- 
prisonment etc.,  and  the  man  who  idenlifees  him- 
self with  the  not-Self^  suffers  infinite  miseries.  Jj 

332.  He  whohas  devoted  himself  to  medi- 
tation on  the  Reality  (Brahman) ,  and  is 
free  from  Nescience  attains  to  the  eternal 
glory  of  the  Atman.  But  he  who  dwells^ 
on  the  unreal  (the  undverse) ,  is  destroyed.. 
That  this  is  so  is  evidenced  in  the  case  of 
one  who  is  not  a  thief  and  one  who  is  a 
thief. 

[One  who  is  not  a  thief  etc. — The  allusion  is  to- 
the  hot-axe  test  applied  m  ancknt  limes  i<y  persons 
charged  with  theft  etc.  An  axe  would  be  made  red- 
hot  and  the  accused  would  be   asked  to  hold  it  m 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  I47 

his  hand.  If  his  hand  was  not  burnt,  it  was  a 
proof  that  he  was  innocent,  but  if  it  was  burnt, 
he  would  be  convicted  and  subjected  to  the  usual 
punishments.  The  Chhandogya  Upanishad  VI. 
xvi.  makes  use  of  such  a  parable,  to  which  the 
present  Sloka  refers.  ] 

333.  The  Sannyasin  should  give  up 
dwelling  on  the  unreal  which  causes 
bondage,  and  should  always  fix  his 
thoughts  on  the  Atman  as  '  I  myself  am 
This.'  For  the  steadfastness  in  Brahman 
through  the  realisatioil  of  one's  identity 
with  It,  gives  rise  to  bliss  and  thoroughly 
removes  the  misery  born  of  Nescience, 
which  one  experiences  (in  the  ignorant 
state) . 

irrc^r  f%%^:  mi:r?T  ^r^ 

334  The  dwelling  on  external  objects 
will  only  intensify  its  fruits,  viz.  further 
evil  propensities  which  grow  worse  and 


148  VIVEKACHUDAAIANI 

worse.  Knowing  this  through  discrimi- 
nation one  should  avoid  the  external  ob- 
jects and  constantly  apply  oneself  to  medi- 
tation on  the  Atman. 

^m  f?fftr^  ^^W'  ar^^^TT 


335.  When  the  external  world  is  shut 
out,  the  mind  is  cheerful;  cheerfulness  of 
the  mind  brings  on  the  vision  of  the 
Paramatman.  When  He  is  perfectly  real- 
ised the  chain  of  birth  and  death  is  broken. 
Hence  the  shutting  out  of  the  external 
world  is  the  stepping-stone  to  Libera- 
tion. 


rv  <v    »^    rs 


336.  Where  is  the  man  who  being 
learned,  able  to  discriminate  the  real  from 
the  unreal,  believing  the  Vedas  as  author- 
ity, realising  the  Atman,  the  Supreme  Rea- 
lity, and  being  a  seeker  after  Liberation, — 
will,  like  a  child,  consciously  have  recourse 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  I49 

to  the    unreal  (the  iiniverse)    which    will 
cause  his  fall  ? 

[  Like  a  child — i,  e,  foolishly.  ] 

Zlil .  There  is  no  Liberation  for  one  who 
has  attachment  for  the  body  etc.,  and  the 
liberated  man  has  no  identification  with 
the  body  etc.  The  sleeping  man  is  not 
awake,  nor  is  the  waking  man  asleep,  for 
these  two  states  are  of  contradictory 
nature. 

338.  He  is  free  who  knowing  through 
his  mind  the  Self  in  moving  and  iinmov- 
ing  objects  and  observing  It  as  their  subs- 
tratum, gives  up  all  superim positions  and 
remains  as  the  Absolute  and  the  infinite 
Self. 


150  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

•^  339.  To  realise  oneself  as  the  Self  of 
the  whole  universe  is  the  means  of  get- 
ting rid  of  bondage.  There  is  nothing 
higher  than  the  identity  of  oneself  with 
the  whole  universe.  One  realises  this  state 
by  excluding  the  objective  world  through 
steadfastness  in  the  eternal  Atman. 

340.  How  is  the  exclusion  of  the  ob- 
jective world  possible  for  one  who  has  an 
identification  with  the  body,  whose  mind 
is  attached  to  the  perception  of  external 
objects,  and  who  performs  various  acts 
for  that  end?  This  exclusion  of  sense- 
objects  from  the  mind  should  be  carefully 
practised  by  the  sages  who  have  renounced 
all  kinds  of  duties  and  actions  and  objects, 
who  are  passionately  devoted  to  the 
eternal  Atman,  and  who  wish  to  possess  an 

undying  bliss. 

[  Duties — belonging  to  various   stations  in  life. 
Aeiions — i.e.  selfish  actions.  O^yVr/j— sense -objects. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  151 

3A1.  To  the  Sannyasin  who  has  gone 
through  the  act  of  hearing,  the  Sniti 
passage,  ''Calm,  self-controlled'^  etc.,  pres- 
cribes Samadhi,  for  his  realisation  of  the 
universe  as  his  own  self. 

Hearing — ihe  truth  from  the  lips  of  the   Guru, 
after  the  prescribed  manner. 

"'Calm,  self-cmitrolled'^  £=fr. — The  reference  is 
to  Brihadaranyaka  Upa.  IV.  iv.  23.  ] 

342.  Even  wise  men  cannot  suddenly 
destroy  egoism  after  it  has  once  become 
strong,  barring  those  who  are  perfectly 
calm  through  the  Nirvikalpa  Samadhi. 
Desires  are  verily  the  effect  of  innumer- 
able births. 

[  .Xifvikalpa  Samadhi — the  highest  kind  of 
Samadhi  in  which  all  relative  ideas  are  transcendeci 
and  the  Atman  is  realised  as  It  is.  The  term  has 
been  already  explained.  ] 


152  VIVEKACIIUDAMANI 

343.^  The  Projecting  Power,  throtigh  the 
aid  of  strong  Veiling  Power,  connects  a 
man  with  the  syren  of  the  egoistic  idea 
and  distracts  him  through  the  attributes 
of  that. 

The  Veiling  and   Projecting   Powers  of   Prakiiti 
or  Maya  have  been  aheady  dealt  wills, 

xM  tributes  of  that — such  ideas  as  that   'I  am  the 
doer '  and  so  fortli.  ] 

344.  It  is  extremely  difficult  to  conquer 
the  Projecting  Power  iinless  the  Veiling 
Power  is  perfectly  rooted  out.  And  cover- 
ing over  the  Atman  naturally  vanishes 
when  the  subject  is  perfectly  distinguished 
from  the  objects,  like  milk  from  water. 
But  the  victory  is  undoubtedly  (complete 
and)  free  from  obstacles  when  there  is  no 
oscillation  of  the  mind  due  to  unreal  sense- 
objects. 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  1S3 


r^ 


345.  Perfect  cliscriniinatioii  brought  on 
by  direct  realisation  distinguishes  the 
true  nature  of  the  subject  from  that  of 
the  object,  and  breaks  the  bond  of  dehi- 
sion  created  by  IMaya ;  and  there  is  no 
more  transmigration  for  one  who  had 
been  freed  from  this. 

346.  The  knowledoe  of  the  identity  of 
Brnhman  and  Jiva  entirely  consumes  the 
inipenelrable  forest  of  Avidya  or  Nescience. 
For  one  who  has  realised  their  state  of 
Oneness,  is  there  any  seed  left  for  future 
transmigration  ? 

347.  The  veil  that  hides  Truth  vanishes 
only  when  the  Reality  is  fully  realised. 
(Thence  folio v.'s)  the  destriiction  of  false 
kno\vled2:e  and  the  cessation  of  nriserv 
broiU{ht  about  bv  the  distraction  caused 
by  that. 


154  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

348.  These  three  are  observed  in  the 
case  of  a  rope  when  its  real  nature  is 
fully  known.  Therefore  the  wise  man 
should  know  the  real  nature  of  things  for 
the  breaking  of  his  bonds. 

^'FrTHrmrJTT  g  ^^rr^  ^t^^^j  ii?X«»i 

349-50.  Like  iron  manifesting  as  sparks 
through  contact  with  fire  the  Buddhi 
manifests  itself  as  knower  and  kncv.'n 
through  the  inherence  of  Brahman.  As  this 
secondary  manifestation — the  effects  of 
Buddhi  are  observed  to  be  unreal  in  the 
case  of  delusion,  dream  and  imagination, 
similarly  the  modifications  of  Prakriti,  from 
Egoism  down  to  tlie  body  and  all  sense- 
objects  are  also  unreal.  Their  unreality  is 
verily  due  to  their  being  subject  to  change 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  1 55 

everv  moment.  But  the  Atman  never 
changes. 

[Li/ct'  iron  &c. — Iron,  itself,  is  never  incande*;- 
cent.  it  is  fire  that  makes  it  ap)pear  so.  Similarly 
the  intcllif^ence  of  Brahman  is  imparted  to  Buddtii. 

The  \v(ir(i  Jrr^rf?  can  be  disjoined  in   two   wavs  ; 

viz.  as  i^f^r  f-^rf?  or  asjn^-!-^nf%  the  first  gives 
us  the  meaning  of  '  sparks  "  and  the  second  tiial  of 
knower  and  known,  i.  e,  subject  and  object. 

The    viodificaiions are   also   unreal — because 

they,  too,  are  effects  and  derivatives  of  Prakriii  and 
depend  on  tlieir  perception  by  the  Buddhi.  ] 

351.  The  Paramatman  is  ever  of  the  na- 
ture of  eternal,  indivisible  knowledge  one 
withoiit  a  second,  the  Witness  of  Buddhi 
and  the  rest,  distinct  from  the  real  and 
unreal,  the  implied  meaning  of  the  term 
and  idea  'I,'  the  embodiment  of  inward, 
eternal  bliss. 

[  The  implied  meaning — divesting  it  of  its  acci- 
dental condili<;ns  of  time  and  circumstances.  See 
Notes  on  Slokas  248-9.  ] 


156  VIVEKACHUDAMAN! 

^Y^r  ftrgr^:  ^^^Jr^  JaT^^frT  li^H^II 

352.  The  wise  man,  d'scriniinating  thus 
the  real  and  the  unreal,  ascertaining  the 
Truth  through  his  eye  of  illumination, 
and  realising  his  own  Self  which  is  Know- 
ledge Absolute,  gets  rid  of  the  obstructions 
and  directlv  attains  Peace. 

r  Truth — I'he  ideniitv  of  jiva  and  T3riihman- 
Obstructions — -meiuioned  in  Sloka  347.] 

Z^o.  When  the  Atman — che  One  with- 
out a  second — is  realised  by  means  of  the 
NirvikalpavSamadhi,  then  the  heart's  knot 
— viz.,  ignorance — is  totally  destroyed. 

354.  Such  imaginations  as  'Thou,'  'I' 
or  '  This'  take  place  through  the  defects 
of  Buddhi.  But  when  the  Param atman, 
the  Absolute,  one  without  a  second,  mani- 
fests Itself  in  vSamadhi,  all  such  imagina- 
tions are  dissolved  for  him,  through  the 


VIVEKACMUDAMANI  1 57 

realisation     of     the     Truth     of     Atman. 

jorr-'d'r  3[r??T:  q^'g'T^^r:  ^^rr^^^T^Tf::  ^mra^ 

355.  The  Sannyasins,  cahn,  self-con- 
troiled,  perfectly  retiring;  from  the  sense- 
world,  forbearing,  and  devoting  himself  to 
the  practice  of  Samadhi,  always  reflects 
on  his  own  self  being  the  Self  of  the  whole 
universe .  Destroying  completely  by  this 
means  the  imaginations  which  are  due  to 
the  gloom  of  ignorance,  he  lives  blissfully 
in  Brahman,  free  from  action  and  oscil- 
lation of  the  mind. 

\ Forbearing — having  forbeararce  or  fortitude. 

Free  from  aciion—x.  e.  selfish  action.  ] 

356.  Those  alone  are  free  from  the 
bondage  of  transmigration  who,  attainmg 
Samadhi,  have  merged  the  objective  world, 
the  sense-organs,  the  mind,  nay,  his  very 
ego,  in  the  Atman,  the  Knowledge  Abso- 


158  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

lute, — and  none  else,   who   but  dabble   in 
second-hand  talks. 
\_dabble talks. — Reading  them  from  books  etc.] 


•s  »v 


357.  Following  the  diversity  of  the 
supervening  conditions  (Upadhis)  a  man 
is  apt  to  think  of  himself  as  also  full  of 
diversity;  but  with  the  removal  of  these 
he  is  again  his  own  self,  the  Immutable. 
Therefore  the  wise  man  should  ever  devote 
himself  to  the  practice  of  Nirvikalpa 
Samadhi,  for  the  dissolution  of  the  Upadhis . 

[When  the  rose  is  before  the  crystal,  it  also 
looks  red,  but  when  it  is  removed,  the  crystal  again 
is  transparent.  ] 

358.  The  man  who  is  attached  to  the 
Real  becomes  the  Real,  through  his  one- 
pointed  devotion.  Just  as  the  cockroach 
thinking  intently  on  the  bhrainara  is 
transformed  into  a  bhra,nara. 

[  The  reference  is  to  the  popular  belief  that  the 
cockroach,  through  fright,  does  actually  turn  green 


VIVKKACHUDAMANI  1 59 

when  caiifjhl  by  the  worm  known  as  Bhramarakita.J 

359.  Just  as  the  cockroach,  giving  up 
the  attachment  foraU  other  actions,  thinks 
intently  on  the  bhraniara  and  becomes 
transformed  into  that  worm,  exactly  in 
the  same  manner  the  Yogin  meditating  on 
tne  Truth  of  the  Paramatman,  attains  to 
It,  through  his  one-pointed  devotion  to 
That. 

360.  The  Truth  of  the  Paramatman  is 
extremely  subtle,  and  cannot  be  reached 
by  the  gross  outgoing  tendency  of  the 
mind.  It  is  only  accessible  to  the  nobie 
souls  with  perfectly  pure  minds,  by  means 
of  Samadhi  brought  on  by  an  extraordi- 
nary fineness  of  the  mental  state. 


l60  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

361.  As  gold  purified  by  thorough  heat- 
ing on  the  fire  gives  up  its  impurities  and 
attains  its  own  histre,  so  the  mind,  through 
meditation,  gives  up  its  impurities  of 
Sattva,  Rajas  and  Tamas,  and  reaches  the 
Reality  of  Brahman. 

362.  When  the  mind,  purified"  thus  by 
constant  practice,  is  merged  in  Brahman, 
then  the  Samadhi  passes  on  from  tJie 
Savikalpa  to  the  Nirvikalpa  stage,  and 
leads  directly  to  the  realisation  of  the  Bliss 
of  Brahman,  the  One  without  a  second. 

363.  By  this  Samadhi  are  destroyed  all 
desires  which  are  like  knots,  all  (selfish) 
■work  is  at  an  end,  and  inside  and  out 
there  takes  place  everywhere  and  always 


VIVKKAC1IUDAMA«I  J6l 

lihe  manifestation  of  one's  real  nature, — 
withoat  any  cffor!:. 

364.  Reflection  should  be  considered  a 
'•^"hundred  times  superior  to  hearing,  and 
•  meditation  a  hundred  thousand  times  su- 

pcrior  to   reflect-ou   even,   but  the  Nirvi- 
kalpa  Samadhi    is    simply  infinite    in   its 
results. 
[  Innnife  etc. — Aiu!   ilier^fore    bears   no    com- 

•JTF^m  ^^cT'Tr  5T5fin%: 

365.  By  the  Nirvikalpa  Samadhi  the 
Truth  of  Brahman  is  clearly  and  definitely 
realised,  but  not  otherwise,  for  then  the 
mind,  being  unstable  by  nature,  is  apt  to 
be  mixed  up  with  other  perceptions. 


I^'  ^IVEKACHUDAMAKr 

366.  Hence  witii  yatir  mind  calm  ant^^ 
the  senses  controlled  alm^ays  drown  the/ 
mind, in  the  Paramatman  who  is  within^, 
and  through  the  realisation  of  your  identity, 
with  Brahman  destroy  the darknes-s  created-^ 
by.  Nesciencie  which  is  without  beginning'^ 


irv    .  <>.    fN 


J67.     The  first  steps  to  Yoga  are  control' 
ot  speech,   non-receiving  of  gifts,  enter- 
taining no  hope,   freedom   from  activity,, 
and  always  living  in  a  retired  place, 

;  Gifts — i.  e,  superfluous  gifts.  ]  '' 


1*^      f*^    f^N 


n 


^3^^^  ^^10^  ^ir?r  m^^  57r^r^t^^5TT  1 

.Too...    Living  in  a  retired  place  serves  to> 
control  the   sense-organs,   control   of  the 
[i^ense^  helps  to  control  the  mind,  through 
control  of  the  mijid,  egoism  is  destroyed,^ 
and  this   again,  gives  the  Yogin   an  uu  — 
Broken,  realisation  of  the  Bliss  of  Brahman. 
T,herefore  the  man  of  reflection  should  air- 
ways strive  only  to 'Control  the  mind, . 


n 


tlVEKACHUDAMANf  165 

5^T  r^^  ^=55  =^  ffe^Tf^mr  i 
f^^r^^  mf^r{  ^Tm  k^^^^  ii^^^il         > 

369.  Restrain  speech  in  the  Manas,  and 
restrain  Manas  in  the  Buddhi;  this   again; 
restrain   in   the  Witness  of   Buddhi,  andj 
merging  that  also  in  the  Infinite  Absohite 
Self,  attain  to  snpreme  Peace.- 

[Speech — This  includes  all  the  sense-organs  as  weli 
Witness — i.  c.  the  Jivatman  or   individual   aspect 
of  the  Self. 

In  this  Sloka  which  reproduces  in  part  Katha* 
Upa.  L  iii,  13,  one  is  asked  to  ascend  higher  and 
higher,  restraining  successively  the  sense-activities, 
and  mental  activities,  from  the  gross  to  the  fine,  tiif 
at  last  one  is  lost  in  Samadhi.  ] 

370.  The  body,  Pranas,  organs,  Manas^ j 
Buddhi  and  the  rest,  with  wl^ichsoever  of 
these  Upadhis  the  mind  is  associated,    the 
Yogin  is  transformed,  a&  it  were , into  that, 

371.  When  this  is  stopped,,  the  man  of; 
teftectioB  is  foxiud  to  be  easily  detached  : 


164  VIVEKACHUPAMANI 

from  everyth'tiof  and  gets  the  experience  0} 
^n  abiinctance  of  everla«iling  Blss, 

CT?^^tJTrrT  ^rV^^mr  BirxWi^^^  5^^^  I 


*     r 


372.  It  IS  the  niau  oi  d  spass  on  (Vai^a- 
frygun)  aipiie  who  :s  tit  ioy  Ms  ijilein^l 
as  well  cs  e?:lernai  reuinio^iaiion,  ipr  tli^ 
dispass  onale  man,  out  of  the  desne  tp  be 
free,  relnqu  shes  both  lulernal  an^  exter- 
nal attachment. 

373.  It  is  only  the  dispassionate  man 
-vyho,  being  thoroughly  grounded  iq  Brah- 
man, can  give  up  the  external  at! achinent 
for  the  sense-objects  and  the  internal 
attachment  for  egovsm  etc. 

[  t.'goism  ^.V.— i,  c.  fiil  inotiificfiiioiis  pf  llic  i>MMd.] 

374.  Know,  O  wise  one,  dlspasslon  and 
Realisation  to  be  like  the  two  wings  of  a 
bird  in  the  case  of  a  man.  Unless  both 
/ire  there,  none  can,  with  the    help  cfi 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  16$ 

cither  one,  reach  the  creeper  of  Libera* 
tion  that  grows  on  the  top  of  an  edifice, 
as  it  were. 

[]NTukii  has  been  compared  to  a  creeper  growing 
on  i\u'.  mp  f»f  a  lufiy  ImiMini^.  a  tentple  for  in- 
stance, as  ii  is  iiiacce!<sil>le  to  llie  ordinary  man.  ] 

375.  For  the  extremely  dispassionate 
mail  alone  there  "'s  Sainadhi,  and  the  man 
of  Samadhi  alone  gets  si^eady  Realisation; 
the  man  who  has  realised  the  Truth  is 
alone  free  from  bondage,  and  the  free 
soul  only  experiences  eternal  Bliss. 

376.  For  the  man  of  self-control  I  do 
not  find  any  better  instrument  of  happi- 
ness than  dispassion,  and  if  that  is  coupled 
with  a  highly  pure  realisation  of  the 
Self,  it  conduces  to  the  suzerainty  of 
absolute  Independence;  and  since  this  is- 


l66  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

the  gateway  to  the  damsel  of  everlasting 
Liberation,  therefore  for  thy  welfare,  be 
dispassionate  both  internally  and  external- 
ly, and  always  fix  thy  mind  on  the  eternal 
Self. 

I  Suzerainty  etc, — Because  the  Realisation  of 
the  Self,  ihe  One  without  a  second,  is  the  real  inde- 
pendence, for  it  is  everlasting  Bliss  and  there  is 
nobody  to  dispute  it.  } 


«*^» 


Zn .  Sever  thy  craving  for  sense-objects 
which  are  like  poison,  for  it  is  the  very 
image  of  death,  and  giving  up  thy  pride 
of  caste,  family  and  order  of  life,  fling 
actions  to  a  distance ;  give  up  thy  identi- 
fication with  such  unreal  things  as  the 
body  and  the  rest,  and  fix  thy  mind  on  the 
Atman.  For  thou  art  really  the  Witness, 
the  Brahman,  unshackled  by  the  rnind, 
the  One  without  a  second,  and  Supreme. 

^^  vmm  ^TTO  ^^fut  ^^p:^  ^rirF?"^ 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  56; 


378.  Fixino^  the  mind  finaly  on  the 
Ideal,  Brahman,  and  restraining  the  ex- 
ternal oro-ans  in  their  respective  centres; 
with  the  body  held  steady,  and  taking  no 
thoii<rht  for  its  main^-enance;  attainin|»: 
the  identity  wHh  Brahman;  and  heinj? 
one  with  It,  always  drink  joyfully  of  the 
Bliss  of  Brahman  in  thy  own  Self,  wiHi- 
•  ont  a  break.  What  is  the  nse  of  other 
things  which  are  entirely  hollow  ? 

{Resiraini^t^ centres— \.  e.  not  allowing  them 

to  go  outward. 

Other  MrV/.<^j— pursued  as  means  of  happiness. j 

^nrrirf^T^^  ^^^^ittt^  -r-.^^^frmiT^  i 

379.  Giving:  np  the  thonght  of  the  not^ 
Self  which  is  evil  and  productive  of  misery, 
think  of  the  Self,  the  Bliss  1^bsclnte,whici:' 
conduces  to  Liberation. 


'^  r- 


.380.     Here  shines  eternally  the  Atman, 


l6$  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

tile  Self-efftilgent  Witness  of  everyt&ing'i, 
which  has  the  Buddhi  for  Its  seat.  Makr 
lug  this  Atmaa  which  is  distinct  from 
the  unreat>  tke  Ideal,  meditate  on  It  as 
thy  own  Self,,, excluding  all  other  thought. 

381.  Reflecting  on  this  Atman  conti- 
nuously aad  without  any  foie:gn  thought 
intervening,  one  must  distinctly  realise  It 
to  be  one's  own  real  Self. 

3S2.     Strengthening  one's  identification 
with  This,  and  giving  that  up  with  egoism 
and  the  rest^  one   must   live  without  any 
concern   for  them,  as  if  they  were  trifling": 
things,  like  a  cracked  jar  or  the  like* 

383.  Fixing  the  purified  mind  in  th& 
Self,. the  Witness,  the  Knowledge  Abso- 
lute, and  slowly  making  it  still,  one  mugt. 
then  realise  one's  own  Infinite  SeH^. 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANTT  l6<3p 

384.  One  tliould  behold  the^  Atman,the 
Indivisible  and  Infinite,  free  from  all 
Upadhis  (s'lpervenlng  conditions)  of  the 
body,  organs,  Pranas,  Manas  and  egoism 
etc.  which  are  creatiens  of  one'^s  own> 
ignorance,— 'like  the  infinite  sky. 

385.  The  sky  divested  of  the  hundreds 
of  Upadhis  such  as  a  jar,  a  pitcher^ 
a  receptacle  for  grains,  a  needle,  and  so 
forth,  is  one,  and  not  diverse;  exactly 
in  a  similar  way,  the  pure  Brahman,  when 
divcsled  of  egoism  etc.,  is  verily  One. 

386.  The  Upadhis  from  Brahnid  down 
to  a  clump  of  grass  are  all  simply  unreal. 
Therefore   one  should  realise  one*s  owrii 


^7©  VIVEKACHUDAMANl 

Infinite    Self   as    ever   identified  with  his 
being. 

[  From  Brahmd  c^c. — ^^Even  the  position  of 
Creator  is  a  pas^^ing-  phase  of  the  Self  which  is 
greater  than  all  Its  conditions.  ] 

^^  ^F^r  ^r%T^  fff^sr^ 

387.  That  in  which  somethino^  is  ima- 
gined to  e-'c'st  throtio^h  delusion,  is,  when 
rightly  d'scriminated,  that  thing  itself, 
and  not  d'stinct  from  it.  When  the  delu- 
sion is  sfone,  the  reality  about  the  snake 
falsely  perceived,  becomes  the  rope.  vSimi- 

larly  the  universe  is  in  reality  the  Atman. 

[Tlie  rope  is  always  the  rope  and  never  act'ially 
turns  into  a  snake  ;  similarly  the  universe  also  is 
Brahnrjan,  ahvays.  ] 

388.  The  Self  is  Brahma,  the  Self  is 
Vishnu,  the  Self  is  Indra,  the  Self  is  Shiva ; 
the  Self  is  all  this  universe.  Nothing 
-exists  except  the  Self. 

W?rf :  ^^t  ^^  ^T%:  ^^  ^ 


VIVEKACHUDAMAMI  I7I 

389.  The  Self  is  within,  and  the  vSelf  is 
without;  the  Self  is  before  and  the  Self 
is  behind;  the  Self  is  on  ihe  south  and 
the  Self  is  on  the  north ;  the  Self  likewise 
is  above  as  well  as  below. 

[  An  echo  of  ^Iiindak;i  11.  ii.  11.] 

^'^  ^^^^^iT  ^of  ^5ir  ^^r  I 

390.  As  the  wave,  the  foam,  the  whirl- 
pool and  bubble  etc.  are  all  in  essence 
but  water,  similarly  the  Chit  (Knowledge 
Absohite)  is  all  this,  from  the  body  up  to 
egoism.  Everything  is  verily  the  Chit, 
homogeneous  and  pure. 

\_From    the   body egoism. — See   Sloka  384.  ^ 


•N 


391.     All     this     universe     cognised     by 
speech  and  mind  is  nothii?g but  Brahman; 


1/2  VIVEKACIIUDAMANI 

there  is  nothing  besides  Brahman  which 
exists  beyond  the  utmost  range  of  Prakriti. 
Are  the  pitcher,  jug,  or  jar  etc.  ktuov'/n  to 
be  distinct  from  the  earth  of  wiv'ch  they 
are  composed  ?  It  is  the  deluded  man 
who  talks  of  'Thou*  and  'I,'  as  an  effect  of 
the  wine  of  Maya. 

[  Pitcher  etc. — The  difference,  if  any,  is  only  in 
name  and  form.  ] 

392.  The  Sruti,  in  the  passage,  "Where 
one  sees  nothing  else  etc.,'*  declares  by 
an  accumulation  of  verbs  the  absence  of 
duality,  in  order  to  remove  the  false  super- 
impositions. 

[  Where  one  sees  &'c. — The  reference  is  to 
Chhandogya  VII.  xxiv.i, — *'Wliere  op^e  sees  nothing 
else,  hears  nothing-  else,  knows  noliiiug  else — that 
is  the  Infinite."  That  is,  the  Brahman  is  tlie  only 
Reality  there  is. 

J^aise  superitfipositions — i.  e.  consiJerin<2^  the- 
Knower,  Knowledge  and  Known  a^  distinct  en- 
tities. ] 

^^^  ^t  sTi?  Rfiif^  ^r^K  \\\^\\\ 


VIVLKACHUDAMANI  I73 

393.  The  Supreme  Brahman  is,  like  the 
sky,  pure,  absohite,  iiifniile,  motionless 
and  clian|,cless,  devoid  of  interior  or  ex- 
terior, tlie  One  Jix'slcnce,  without  a 
second,  and  is  one's  own  EcH.  is  there 
any  olher  oL;ject  of  Knowledge  (than 
Brahman)  ? 

[  .-Ikv   other    nhjtct   fec.-lu  oil  er  f\oids,  Drab'- 
man  i.^  buiti  hiilij*  v.<  anii  tjhjcci.  ] 


m.?T  55:5 ^?i^:  ^^Tfi^ngn:  ^jpt 

394.  What  is  the  use  of  dilating  on  thij 
subject  t  The  Jiva  is  no  olher  than  Brah- 
man; th*s  whole  extended  universe  is 
Brahman  Itself;  the  Sruti  inculcates  the 
Brahman  without  a  second;  and  it  is  an 
indubitable  fact  that  people  of  enlightened 
minds  who  know  their  identity  with  Brah- 
man, and  have  given  up  their  connection 
with  the  objective  world,  live  palpably 
unified  with  Brahman,  and  with  Eternal 
Knowledge  and  Bliss. 


1/4  VrVEKACHUDAMAN^' 

^^mm  ^n:=^r^  siit^^w  mg  w^^m 

395.  (First)  destroy  the  hopes  raised  by 
egoism  in  this  filthy  gross  body,  then  do 
the  same  forcibly  with  the  air-like  subtle 
body;  and  realising  Brahman,  the  em- 
bodiment of  eternal  Bliss,  whose  glories- 
the  scriptures  proclaim,  as  thy  own  Self „ 
live  as  Brahman. 

[  Destroy  &'c. — Both  the  gross  and  subtle  bodies- 
are  the  coverings  over  the  Atman,  the  Existence- 
Knowledge-BUss  Absolute,  and  freedom  consists  iu' 
going  beyond  thetn.  ] 

^^  &^^r  g^>  vr^RT  i^  cr^r^  :^f^?:fqn^ee^|i 

396.  So  long  as  man  has  any  regard  for 
this  corpse-like  body,  he  is  impure,  and 
suffers  from  enemies  as  well  as  from  birth 
death  and  disease;  but  when  he  thinks  of 
himself  as  pure,  as  the  essence  of  the  Good^ 
and  immovable,  he  assuredly  becomes  free 
from  them;  the  Sruti  also  says  this. 

[  Suffers  from  enemies  &c. — Compare  Brihada- 
ranyaka  II.  iv.  6 — "  The  Brahmanas  oust  him  who> 
sees    them  as   diSerent  from   himself"  &c.,  aiii^ 


VIVEKACHUDAMANr  r;^^ 

Brihadaranyaka  I.  iv.    2 — ■''  So  long  as  there   is   4' 
second,  there  is  fear." 

Srulis  also  ^c. — e,  g.  Ghhandogja  VIII.  xii.  i  — 
'•This  body  is  mortal,  O  Indra,"  &c.  ] 


•^  r^ 


v^97.     By  the  elimination  of  all   apparentf 
existences  superimposed  on  the  Sonl,   the 
supreme     Brahman — Infinite,      the     One 
without    a    second,   and   beyond  action — 
remains  as  Itself. 

[Jpparen/  exis/ences — Such  as  egoism  etc. 
As  Itsdf — in  Its  own  essence.  ] 

fi^S.  When  the  mind-fuuctions  are- 
merged  in  the  Supreme  Atman,  the  Brah- 
man, the  x\bsolute— none  of  this  pheiio-; 
menal  world  is  seen,  whence  it  is  reduced 
to  mere  talk. 

Merged- — through  the  Nirvikalpa  Samadhi. 

Phenomenal  ivorld — created  by  name  and  form, 
hence  unreal. 

Mere  talk — on  the  lips  of  others,  who  are  igno - 
uanfe-     Compare    Chhandogya     VI.    i.    4,— '•  AU' 


176  VIVEKACflUDAMANI 

Jinodificaiinns   are  mere   cfforis  of   speecli,"   etc.] 

f^ilVi^ir  M^Tj^RK  nf^ill  [l^^j  ^^:  li^^.!.! 

399.  In  the  One  Entity  (Brahman)  ».hc 
concept  ;oa  oi  the  nuiveise  Is  a  mere 
phan.oii).  W  hence  ca.ii  there  be  diversity 
iii  that  wu:cli  is  ^haii^riess,  foi.nless,  and 
Ahsoiiler' 

fsTT^-^iK  i^rran:  f5if5(i>  VvT-^v  ?:^i:  iivjodi 

400.  In  ihe  Oue  Entity  devoid  of  the 
sconce p's  of  Seer,  Seeing  and  Seen,—  .vhieh 
is  changeless,  formless  aiid  ALsohite, — 
wkence  can  there  be  dTverslty  ? 

[  6Vt7'  ^c — ot    wliicii   l44e    piNeiiorntrtul     worl<i 
con&isi.s  ] 

^H^K  Uin^k  h%h^  r*TTf  5r<r.  n^o?! 

401.  hi  the  One  Entity  perfectly  hill 
and  motionless  Jiikc  the  ocean  after  dis- 
solution of  the  universe, — which  is 
changeless,  formless,  and  Absolntc, — 
whence  can  there  be  diversity? 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  177 

402.  Where  the  root  of  dehision  is  dis- 
solved like  darkness  in  light, — in  the 
Supreme  Truth,  the  One  without  a  second 
and  Absolute, — whence  can  there  be 
diversity? 

{Root  0/  delusion — i.  e.  Ignorance.] 

403.  How  can  the  talk  of  diversity  apply 
to  the  Supreme  Truth  which  is  one  and 
homogeneous?  Who  has  ever  noticed 
diversity  in  the  unmixed  bliss  of  the  state 
of  profound  sleep? 

404.  Even  before  the  realisation  of  the 
highest  Truth  the  universe  does  not  exist 
in  the  Absolute  Brahman,  the  Essence  of 
Existence.  In  none  of  the  three  states  of 
time  the  snake  is  ever  observed  in  the  rope, 
nor  a  drop  of  water  in  the  mirage. 

[  Three  states  0/ time — past,  present  and  future.  ] 

^  1^^  ^%*.  ^^cggHT^a^^f^  ll^o^ii 


l/S  vrVEKACHUDAMANE 

405.  The  S  nit  is  themselves  declare  that 
this  dualist ie  universe  is  but  a  deliision;. 
from  the  standpoint  of  absolute  truths 
This  is  also  experienced  in  the  state  o£ 
dreamless  sleep. 

[  S?'u^is  ^c — e.  g.  Katha  Upa.  IV.  i*i,  Brihad^a^ 
ranyaka,  II.  iv.  14.,  Mundaka,  11.  ii.  i-i,  Chhan^ 
dogya,  VI  xiv.,  &c.,  &c.  ] 

406.  That  which  is  superimposed  upon 
something  dse  is  observed;  by  the  wise  to 

be  identical  with  the  substratum,  as  in 
the  case  of  the  rope  appearing  as  the 
snake..  The  apparent  difference  depends 
solely  on  delusion. 

[  Apparent  difference — noticed  by  the  igiiorant. 

Depends delusion — i.  e.  lasts  only  so    long  as^ 

the  delusion  persists.  ] 

^'5q;^r  f^^^qrs^T  f^rrmr^  jt^^jt  v 

407,.  ThiS'  apparent  universe  has  its- 
root  in  the  mind,  and'  never  persists  after 
the  mind  is  annihilated'.  Therefore  dis- 
solve the  mind  by  concentrating  it  in  the 
Supreme  Selfj.  which  is  thy  inmost 
Hssence.- 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  179 


f^m^  ^cTct^t4  ^^r?^7^ 


r^    *-     •    r^ •     r^.    cn 


408.  The  wise  one  realises  in  his  heart, 
through  Samadhi,  the  Infinite  Brahman 
which  is  something  of  the  nature  of 
eternal  Knowledge  and  absolute  Bliss, 
which  has  no  exemplar,  which  transcends 
all  limitations,  is  ever  free  and  without 
activity, — which  is  like  the  limitless  sky, 
indivisible  and  absolute. 

[  Heart — stands  for  the  Buddhi. 

Something — which  is  inexpressible  in  terms  of 
speech  or  thought.  ] 

409.  The  wise  one  realises  in  his  heart, 
through  Samadhi,  the  Infinite  Brahman 
which  is  devoid  of  the  ideas  of  cause  and 
effect,  which  is  the  Reality  beyond  all 
imaginations,  homogeneous,  matchless,  be- 
yond the  range  of  proofs,  established  by 
the  pronouncements  of  the  Vedas,  and 
ever  familiar  to  us  as  the  sense  of  the  ego. 


l80  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

[  Proofs — other  than  Revelation,  viz.,  direct  per- 
ception and  inference.  Revelation  also  merely  hints 
at  It. 

Established  &c. — We  cannot  deny  the  Self  for 
the  Vedas  speak  of  It. 

Ever  familiar  ^'c. — Nobody  can  ever  conceive 
that  he  is  not.  For  a  discussion  on  the  subject 
refer  to  the  Sariraka  Bhashya  on  the  Brahma- 
Sutras  I.  i.  2.] 

410.  The  wise  one  realises  in  his  heart, 
through  Samadhi,  the  Infinite  Brahman 
which  is  undecaying  and  immortal,  the 
positive  Entity  which  precludes  all  nega- 
tions, which  resembles  the  placid  ocean 
and  is  without  a  name,  where  there  are 
neither  merits  nor  demerits, — which  is 
eternal,  pacified  and  One. 

[  Entity  which  precludes  &c. — Being  the  Abso- 
lute Reality  there  is  no  room  in  It  for  any  kind  of 
Abh^va,  such  as  Pragabhava  (previous  non- 
existence, as  of  a  jar  before  it  was  made),  Pra- 
dhwams^bh^va  (  cessation  by  destruction,  as  when 
the  jar  is  broken  to  pieces)  and  the  like.  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  l8l 

411.  With  the  mind  restrained  in  Sama- 
dhi,  behold  in  thy  Self  the  Atman,  of 
infinite  glory,— cut  off  thy  bondage 
strengthened  by  the  impressions  of  pre- 
vious births,  and  carefully  attain  the  con- 
summation of  thy  birth  as  a  human  being.' 

[  Consummation   &c.—\.    e.    Moksha,    which   is 
only  possible  in  a  human  birth.  ] 

412.  Meditate  on  the  Atman  which  re- 
sides in  thee,  which  is  devoid  of  ^11 
limiting  adjuncts,— the  Existence-Knowl- 
edge-Bliss Absolute,  the  One  without  a 
second, — and  thou  shalt  no  more  come 
under  the  round  of  birth  and  death. 

[  Resides  in  thee—'^s  thy  own  Being.  ] 

413.  The  sage  never  more  attaches  him- 
self to  this  body— which  is  visible  as  an 
appearance  merely,  like  the  shadow  of  a 
man,  owing  to  the  experience  of  the  effects 


l82  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

of  past  deeds,— after  it  has  once  been  cast 
off  to  a  distance  like  a  corpse. 

[  Visible  as  an  appearance  etc. — It  would  not  be 
perceived  at  all  but  for  the  effects  of  Prarabdha 
work  which  are  experienced  through  the  body.  As 
it  is,  it  is  just  an  appearance. 

The  man  of  realisation  never  identifies  himself 
with  the  body,  not  even  during  his  return  to  the 
normal  plane  after  Samadhi.  ] 

414.  Realising  the  Atman,  the  eternal, 
pure  Knowledge  and  Bliss,  throw  far 
away  this  limitation  of  a  body  which  is 
inert  and  filthy  by  nature.  Then  no  more 
remember  it,  for  something  that  has  been 
vomited  excites  but  disgust  when  called  to 
memory. 


.   rs 


415.     Burning  all  this,  with  its  very  root,' 
in  the  fire  of  Brahman,  the  Eternal  and 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  1^3 

\lDSolnte  Self,  the  truly  ^ise  man  there- 
aitei  remains  alone,  as  Atman,  the  eternal, 
pure  Knowledge  and  Bliss. 

[  All  M/s— the  objective  -universe— the  not-Self. 

Root—\.  e.  Nescience.  ] 

416.  The  knowei  of  Truth  does  no  mere 
care  whether  thi^  body,  spun  out  by  the 
threads  of  Piarabdha  work,  falls  or  re- 
mains—like the  garland  on  a  cow— fcr 
his  mind-functions  are  at^  rest  in  the 
Erahman,  the  Essence  of  Bliss. 

^Garland C0W—2.S,  a  cow  is  supremely  im- 

concerned  about  t^e  garland  put  on  her  neck  by 
somebody,  so  the  man  of  realisation  has  got 
nothtng  to  do  with  the  body.  ] 

f^m^^^  ^^  ^T  \^\kt  iwrfir  ^x^f^^ « 

417.  Realising  the  Atman,  the  Infinite 
.Bliss,  as  his  very  Self,  with  what  object, 
•or  for  whom,  should  the  knower  of  Truth 

cherish  the  body? 

[  With  what  object  &c.^kTt^^o^^c\:\on   of   the 
^nse  of  Brihadaranyaka   IV.  iv.  12.     He   never 


l84  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

thinks  of  himself  as  the  Bhoktd,   the  enjoyer,  or 
]iva. 

Cherish — like  men  of  the  world.  ] 


•v  rv 


418.  The  Yogin  who  has  attained  per- 
fection and  is  free-in-life  gets  tkis  as 
result — he  enjoys  eternal  Bliss  in  his  mind,, 
internally  as  well  as  externally. 

419.  The  result  of  dispassion  is  Reali- 
sation, that  of  Realisation  is  withdrawal 
from  sense-pleasures,  which  leads  to  the 
experience  of  the  Bliss  of  Self,  whence 
follows  Peace. 

420.  If  there  is  absence  of  the  succeed- 
ing stages,  the  preceding  ones  are  meaning- 
less. ( When  the  series  is  perfect  )  the 
cessation  of  the  objective  world,  extreme 
satisfaction,  and  matchless  bliss  follow  as 
a  matter  of  course. 


»v     V 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  1 85 

421.  Being  iinrtiflled  by  earthly  troubles 
is  the  result  in  question  of  Knowledge. 
How  can  a  man  who  did  various  loathsome 
deeds  during  the  state  of  delusion,  commit 
the  same  afterwards,  having  discrimina- 
tion? 

[  Earthly — lit.  visible,  i.  e.  those  experienced  in 
this  life,  as  opposed  to  the  invisible  ones,  i.  e.  those 
which  are  to  be  experienced  hereafter.  ] 


*s     r- 


422.  The  result  of  Knowledge  should  be 
the  turning  away  from  unreal  things,  and 
attachment  to  these  is  the  result  of 
ignorance.  This  is  observed  in  the  case 
of  one  who  knows  a  mirage  and  things 
of  that  sort,  and  one  who  does  not. 
Otherwise,  what  other  tangible  result  da 
the  knowers  of  Brahman  obtain? 

{^  One   who  knows does  not — The    man   who 

knows  the  mirage  laughs  at  the  illusion  and  passes 
b)%  but  the  ignorant  man  runs  after  it,  mistaking- 
it  for  water.  To  the  sage  the  world  appears  no 
doubt,  but  he  knows  it  to  be  unreal  and  is  not  lured 
by  it.     Not  so  the  man  of  the  world.  ] 


l86  VIVEKACHXTDAMANl 

423.  If  the  heart's  knot — ignorance — 
is  totally  destroyed,  what  natural  cause 
can  there  be  for  inducing  such  a  man  to 
selfish  action,  for  he  is  averse  to  sense- 
pleasures  ? 

424.  When  sense-objects  excite  no  more 
desire,  then  is  the  culmination  of  dis- 
passion.  The  extreme  perfection  of  knowl- 
edge is  the  absence  of  any  impulsion  of 
the  egoistic  idea.  And  the  limit  of  self- 
withdrawal  is  reached  when  the  mind- 
functions  that  have  been  merged  no  pi  ore 
appear. 

[Compare  Fanchadasi,  'Chitradipa'  Chapter, 
-285-6 — **  The  acme  of  dispassion  is  setting  at 
naught  even  the  joys  of  the  Brahmaloka,  the 
highest  heaven  ;  Realisation  is  at  its  highest  when 
one  identifies  oneself  with  the  Supreme  Atman  as 
iirmly  as  the  ordinary  man  identifies  himself  with 
his  body;  and  the  perfection  of  self-withdrawal  is 
jeached  when  one  forgets  the  dualistic  universe  as 
£ompletelj  as  in  dreamless  sleep." 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  187 


r^    »■  «>     rv 


425.  Freed  from  any  sense  of  reality  of 
external  sense-objects,  only  seeming  to 
enjoy  such  sense-objects  as  are  offered  by 
others  like  one  sleepy,  or  like  a  child,  be- 
holding this  world  like  one  seen  in 
dreams,  and  having  cognition  of  it  at 
chance  moments — rare  indeed,  is  such  a 
man,  the  enjoyer  of  the  fruits  of  endless 
merit,  and  he  alone  is  blessed  and  es- 
teemed on  earth. 

[  0?ily  see?7iing others  &€. — When  his  atten- 
dants or  friends  offer  him  food  or  some  such 
thing  he  takes  it  but  half-consciously,  his  mind 
being  deeply  absorbed  in  Brahman. 

The   enjoyer merit — i.    e.    a   most   fortunate 

man.  ] 

426.  That  Sannyasin  has  got  a  steady 
illumination  who,  having  his  soul  wholly 
merged  in  Brahman,  enjoys  eternal  bliss, 
is  changeless  and  free  from  activity. 


l88  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

[  The  cliaracteristics  of  a  man  of  realisation  are 
set  forth  in  this  and  the  next  few  Slokas.  Com- 
pare Gita  II.  55-68.  ] 

427.  That  kind  of  mental  function 
which  cognises  only  the  identity  of  Brah- 
man and  Self,  purified  of  all  adjuncts, — 
which  is  free  from  duality,  and  concerns 
itself  only  with  Pure  Intelligence,  is  called 
illumination.  He  who  has  this  perfectly 
steady  is  called  the  man  of  steady  illumi- 
nation. 

[Purified adjuncts — eliminating  the  acci- 
dental adjuncts  and  meditating  on  the  common 
substratum — Brahman,  the  Absolute.  See  note  on 
Sloka  241  andj"^^.  ] 

5qr^^  mm  vr^csr^  ^^^R?€r  r^^ct^:  I 


»^    rs 


428.  He  whose  illumination  is  steady, 
who  has  constant  bliss,  who  has  almost 
forgot  the  phenomenal  universe,  is  accepted 
as  a  man  liberated  in  this  very  life. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  1 89 

429.  He  who,  even  having  his  mind 
merged  in  Brahman,  is  nevertheless  quite 
alert,  but  free  at  the  same  time  from  the 
characteristics  of  the  waking  state, — and 
whose  Realisation  is  free  from  desires,  is 
accepted  as  a  man  liberated-in-life. 

[ /$• aleri — i.  e.  never  deviates  from  the  ideal 

life  of  a  Jnani. 

Characteristics waking  state — that  is,  cog- 
nising the  objective  world  through  the  senses,  and 
being  attached  to  it,  like  the  ignorant  man.  ] 

430.  He  whose  cares  about  the  pheno- 
menal state  have  been  appeased,  who, 
though  possessed  of  a  body  consisting  of 
parts,  is  yet  devoid  of  parts,  and  whose 
mind  is  free  from  anxiety,  is  accepted  as 
a  man  liberated-in-life. 

[  Cares state — i.  e.    how    his    bondage   will 

cease,  and  so  on. 

Devoid  of  parts — as  Brahman.  ] 

431.  The  absence  of  the  ideas  of  'I  and 
mine'  in  this  existing  body  which  follows 
as  a  shadow,  is  a  characteristic  of  one 
liberated-in-life. 


190  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

[ '  /  and  mine  ' — that   *  I '   am   fair   or   '  I '    am 
stout  &c.,  or  that  this  body  is  '  mine.' 

Shadoiv — See  Sloka  413.] 

432.  Not  dwelling  on  the  past,  taking 
no  thought  for  the  future  and  looking 
with  indifference  upon  the  present,  are 
characteristics  of  one  liberated-in-life. 

433.  Looking  everywhere  with  an  eye 
of  equality  in  this  world  full  of  elements 
possessing  merits  and  demerits,  and  dis- 
tinct by  nature  from   one  another, — is  a 

characteristic  of  one  liberated-in-life. 

[  Looki?ig  &€. — The  world  is  so  full  of  diversity, 
yet  the  man  of  Realisation  looks  behind,  and  sees 
the  one  Brahman  in  everything. 

Nature — preponderance  of  one  or  other  of  the 
three  Gunas.  ] 

434.  When  things  pleasant  or  painful 
present  themselves,  to  remain  unruffled  in 
mind  in  both  cases,  through  sameness  of 
attitude,  is  a  characteristic  of  one  liberated- 
in-life. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  191 

435.  The  absence  of  all  ideas  of  interior 
or  exterior  in  the  case  of  a  Sannyasin, 
owing  to  his  mind  being  engrossed  in 
tasting  the  elixir  of  the  Bliss  of  Brahman, 
is  a  characteristic  of  one  liberated-in-life. 

[  Interior  &c. — Since  there  is  but  One  Exis* 
tence — Brahman.  ] 

436.  He  who  lives  unconcerned,  devoid 
of  all  ideas  of  'I  and  mine^  with  regard  to 
the  body  and  the  organs  etc.,  as  well  as  to 
his  duties,  is  known  as  a  man  liberated- 
in-life. 

[  The  Jnani  is  free  from  egoism  or  Abhimana, 
though  he  may  be  intensely  active.  This  state  is 
hinted  at  in  this  Sloka.  ] 

437.  He  who  has  realised  his  Brahman- 
hood  aided  by  the  Scriptures,  and  is  free 
from  the  bondage  of  transmigration,  is^ 
know^n  as  a  man  liberated-in-life. 

[Aided  (^c. — By  discriminating  the  Truth  in- 
culcated by  the  Scriptures.  ] 


1^2  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 


♦,  »s  rv     •>- 


438.  He  who  has  under  no  circum- 
stances the  idea  of  'I'  with  regard  to  the 
body  and  the  organs  etc.,  nor  that  of 
'mine'  in  respect  of  things  other  than 
these,  is  accepted  as  one  liberated-in-life. 

439.  He  who  through  his  ilhimination 
always  knows  the  identity  of  the  Jiva  and 
and  Brahman,  as  well  as  of  Brahman  and 
the  universe,  is  known  as  a  man  liberated- 
in-life. 

440.  He  who  feels  just  the  same  when 
his  body  is  either  worshipped  by  the  good 
or  tormented  by  the  wicked,  is  known  as 
a  man  liberated-in-life. 

^^  srf^  f^^^r:  ^^iTcTT 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  193 

441.  The  Sannyasin  in  whom  sense- 
objects  directed  by  others  are  engulfed 
like  flowing  rivers  in  the  sea,  and  pro- 
duce no  change,  owing  to  his  identity 
with  the  Existence  Absolute,  is  indeed 
liberated. 

[  Directed  by  others — i.  e.  which  others  thrust 
upon  him.  Whatever  comes  within  his  knowl- 
edge but  strengthens  his  identity  with  Brahman. 

Compare  Gita  II.  70.  ] 


442.  For  one  who  has  realised  the  Truth 
of  Brahman  there  is  no  more  transmigra- 
tion as  before:  If  there  is,  that  man  has 
not  realised  his  identity  with  Brahman, 
but  is  one  whose  senses  are  outgoing  in 
their  tendency. 

[  Is  0716  whose  senses  ■&'c. — is  an  ordinary  sense- 
bound  man.  ] 

443.  If  it  be  urged  that  he  is  still  sub- 
ject to  transmigration  through  the  mo- 
mentum of  his  old  desires,  the  reply  is — 
no,  for  desires  get  weakened  through  the 
realisation  of  one's  identity  with  Brahman. 


194  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

444.  The  propensities  of  even  a  con- 
j5rmed  libertine  are  checked  in  the  pre- 
sence of  his  mother;  just  so,  when 
Brahman,  the  Bliss  Absolute,  has  been 
realised,  the  man  of  realisation  has  na.. 
longer  any  worldly  tendency. 

445.  One  who  is  constantly  practising 
meditation  is  observed  to  have  external 
perceptions.  The  Srutis  mention  Pra- 
rabdha  work  in  the  case  of  such  a  man,, 
and  we  can  infer  this  from  results  actual- 
ly seen. 

[  External  perceptions — such  as  satisfying  the 
physical  needs  or  teaching  enquirers  etc. 

Srutis  &c, — The  reference  is  to  Chhandogya 
Up.  VI.  xiv.  2,  "  The  delay  in  his  ( i.  e.  a  Jnanin's  ) 
case  is  only  so  long  as  hrs  body  lasts^  after  which 
he  becomes  one  with  Brahman." 

Prdrabdha  work — is  the  work  done  ia  past  lives 
which  has  engendered  the  present  body  (referred 
to  in  Sloka  451).  The  other  two  kinds  of  work  are 
the  *  Sanchita  ^  or  accumulated  (  mentioned  \u 
Sloka  447)  and  the  'A'gami'  or  forthcoming  (m.ei>- 
ioned  in  Sloka  449  )► 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  I95 

Results  &*€. — the  continuance  of  the  body  after 
realisation,  and  its  experiences  during;  that  period 
can  only  be  explained  by  assuming  that  the 
Prirabdha  continues  to  work.  This  is  further  ex- 
plained in  the  next  Sloka.  ] 

WT^:^:  fe^ii;^'?  RT^^^r  ^nk  i^^nrci:  ii 

446.  Prarabdha  work  is  acknowledged  to 
persist  so  long  as  there  is  the  perception 
of  happiness  and  the  like.  Every  result 
is  preceded  by  an  action,  and  nowhere  is 
it  seen  to  accrue  independently  of  action. 

A-4-7 .  Through  the  realisation  that  I  am 
the  Brahman,  all  the  accumulated  actions 
of  a  hundred  crore  of  cycles  come  to 
nought,  like  the  actions  of  the  dream- 
state  on  awakening. 

448.  Can  the  good  actions  or  dreadful 
sins  that  one  fancies  to  do  in  the  dream- 
state,  lead  him  to  heaven  or  hell  after  he 
has  awakened  from  sleep? 


rr-- 


r<v 


196  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

449.  Realising  the  Atman  which  is  un- 
attached and  indifferent  like  the  sky,  the 
aspirant  is  never  touched  in  the  least  by 
actions  yet  to  be  done. 


»v  •v 


450.  The  sky  is  not  affected  by  the 
smell  of  liquor  merely  through  its  connec- 
tion with  the  jar;  similarly  the  Atman  is 
not,  through  Its  connection  with  the 
limiting  adjuncts,  affected  by  the  proper- 
ties thereof. 

[  The  Atman,  like  the  sky,  is  always  unattached, 
though  the  ignorant  man  superimposes  connection 
with  external  things  on  It.  ] 

««^r^r  ^^^^  ^^'Tgf^5:5?Ttr55€^rw^^ii^H? 

451.  The  work  which  has  fashioned  this 
body  prior  to  the  dawning  of  Knowledge, 
is  not  destroyed  by  that  Knowledge  with- 
out yielding  its  fruits,  like  the  arrow  shot 
at  an  object. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  I97 

452.  The  arrow  which  Is  shot  at  an 
object  with  the  idea  that  it  is  a  tiger, 
does  not,  when  that  object  is  perceived  to 
be  a  cow,  check  itself,  but  pierces  the 
object  with  full  force. 


*v  •«. 


453.  The  Prarabdha  work  is  certainly 
too  strong  for  the  man  of  realisation,  and 
is  spent  only  by  the  actual  experience  of 
its  fruit;  w^hile  the  actions  previously 
accumulated  and  those  yet  to  come  are 
destroyed  by  the  fire  of  perfect  Knowledge. 
But  none  of  the  three  at  all  affects  those 
who  realising  their  identity  with  Brah- 
man are  always  living  absorbed  in  that 
idea.  They  are  verily  the  transcendent 
Brahman. 

[  27te  Prdrahdha Knowledge — The  argument 

in  the  Srutis  in  support  of  Prarabdha  being  bind- 
ing on  even  the  Jnani(as  set  forth  in  the  first 
half  of  this  Sloka  as  well  as  in  Slokas.  445  and 
451-2)  is  only  a  re-statement  (  anuvada )  of  the 
popular  view.  Strictly  speaking,  the  Jnani  him- 
self is  not  even  aware  of  its  existence.  The  real 
truth  about  it  is  given  in  the  last  half  of  this   Sloka 


198  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

and  in  Sloka  463,  and  reasons  for  this  view  are 
set  forth  in  Sloka  454  et  seq.  We  may  add  in 
passing  that  we  have  here  the  boldest  pronounce- 
ment of  the  exahed  status  of  a  man  of  realisation, 
who  is  affected  by  nothing  whatsoever  in  creation.] 

454.  For  the  sage  who  lives  in  his  own 
Self  as  the  Brahman  devoid  of  the  identi- 
fication with  the  limiting  adjuncts — the 
One  without  a  second,  the  question  of  the 
existence  of  Prarabdha  work  is  meaning- 
less, like  the  question  of  a  man  who  has 
awakened  from  sleep  having  any  connec- 
tion with  the  objects  seen  in  the  dream- 
state. 


*.  rv 


fifing  ^^^  f^^RT  ^m^  ii^^^li 

455.  The  man  who  has  awakened  from 
sleep  never  has  any  idea  of  ^I'  or  'mine* 
with  regard  to  his  dream-body  and  the 
dream-objects  that  ministered  to  that  body, 
but  lives  quite  awake,  as  his  own  Self* 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  199 


^  rT^^  m^^r5H44V4H'd«T 


rT^rrjf  f^^iT  ^f^'TT^ 

456.  He  has  no  desire  to  substantiate 
the  unreal  objects,  nor  is  seen  to  maintain 
that  dream-world.  If  he  still  clings  to 
those  nnrcal  objects,  he  is  emphatically 
declared  to  be  not  yet  free  from  sleep. 

wsirMK  ^mm  ^irnr: 

457.  Similarly  he  who  is  absorbed  in 
Brahman  lives  identified  with  the  eternal 
Atman,  and  beholds  nothing  else.  As 
one  has  a  memory  of  the  objects  seen  in  a 
dream,  so  the  man  of  realisation  has  a 
memory  of  the  everyday  actions  such  as 
eating  and  so  forth. 

458.  The  body  has  been  fashioned  by 
Karma,  so  one  may  imagine  the  Pra- 
labdha  with  reference  to  it.     But  it  is  not 


20a  VIVEKACHUDAMANr 

reasonable  to  attribute  the  same  to  Atmaui 
for  the  Atman  is  never  the  outcome  of 
work. 

459.  The  Srutis,  whose  words  are  in- 
fallible, declare  the  Atman  to  be  ^'birth- 
less,  eternal  and  undecaying.'^  So,  to  the 
man  who  lives  identified  with  That,  how 
can  the  Prarabdha  be  attributed? , 

["Birthless"   etc. — The   reference   is  to  Katha 

Up.  I.  ii.  i8.— ^#  R^:  j^pg^rs^  ^r%  ^  w^m 

^^^in  ^KR — "  The  Atman  is  birthless,  eternal, 
undecaying,  and  ever  new  (  ancient  ),  and  is  not 
destroyed  when  the  body  is  destroyed."] 

460.  The  Prarabdha  can  be  maintained 
only  so  long  as  one  lives  identified  with 
the  body.  But  no  one  admits  that  the 
man  of  realisation  ever  identifies  himself 
with  the  body.  Hence  the  Prarabdha 
should  be  rejected  in  his  case. 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  20I 

461.  The  attributing  of  Prarabdha  to 
the  body  even  is  certainly  a  delusion. 
How  can  something  that  is  superimposed 
(on  another)  have  any  existence,  and  how 
can  that  which  is  unreal  have  a  birth? 
And  how  can  that  which  has  not  been 
born  at  all,  die  ?  So  how  can  the  Pra- 
rabdha exist  for  something  that  is  unreal? 

[  The  body  being  an  effect  of  Maya  is  unreal, 
and  it  is  absurd  to  speak  of  Prarabdha  as  affecting 
this  unreal  body.  ] 

msr^^  ^^  k^  i:rt  ^^^^"r  ^^r^  n  ^^^n 
^?Trarg;  ^mr^^^^ir  t^jtp-^  ^3[%  ^rt*.  i 

462-3.  "  If  the  effects  of  ignorance  are 
destroyed  with  their  root  by  Knowledge, 
then  how  does  the  body  live?" — it  is  to 
convince  those  fools  who  entertain  a 
doubt  like  this,  that  the  Srutis  from  a  re- 
lative standpoint  hypothesise  the  Pra- 
rabdha, but  not  for  proving  the  reality  of. 
the  bodv  etc.  of  the  man  of  realisation. 

464.  There  is  only  Brahman,  the  One 
without  a  second,  infinite,  without  begin- 


302  V'lVEKACHUDAMANI 

laing  -or  end,   transcendent,  and  change- 
less; there  is  no  duality  whatsoever  in  It. 

465.  There  is  only  Brahman,  the  One 
without  a  second,  the  Essence  of  Exis- 
tence, Knowledge  and  Eternal  Bliss,  and 
devoid  of  activity;  there  is  no  duality 
whatsoever  in  It. 

2T^n^^^  Tj^g^TT^^cT  ^rfrg^??:  I 

466.  There  is  only  Brahman,  the  One 
without  a  second,  which  is  inside  all, 
liomogeneous,  infinite,  endless,  and  all- 
pervading;  there  is  no  duality  whatsoever 
in  It. 

[  /-homogeneous — admiuing  of  no  variation.  ] 

467.  There  is  only  Brahman,  the  One 
without  a  second,  which  is  neither  to  be 
shimn^d  nor  to  be  taken  up  or  accepted, 
and  is  without  any  support;    there  is   no 

"duality  whatsoever  in  It. 

[  Shunned  etc. — because  It  is  the  Self  of  all. 
Without  any  support — Self-existent,  being  Itself 

the  supporx  of  everything  else.  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  203 

468.  There  is  only  Brahman,  the  One 
without  a  second,  beyond  attributes,  with- 
out parts,  subtle,  absolute,  and  taintless; 
there  is  no  duality  whatsoever  in  It. 

469.  There  is  only  Brahman,  the  Une 
without  a  second,  whose  real  nature  is  in- 
comprehensible, and  which  is  beyond  the 
range  of  mind  and  speech ;  there  is  no 
duality  whatsoever  in  It. 

470.  There  is  only  Brahman,  the  One 
without  a  second,  the  Reality,  effulgent, 
self -existent,  pure,  intelligent,  and  unlike 
anything  finite  ;  there  is  no  duality  what- 
soever in  It. 

[  Intelligent — strictly  speaking,  Intelligence 
Absolute. 

Unlike  ^c. — It  has  got  no  exemplar. 

The  repetition  is  for  emphasising  the  Absolute, 
Unconditioned  aspect  of  Brahman.  ] 


204  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

471.  High-souled  Sannyasins  who  have 
got  rid  of  all  attachment,  and  discarded 
ail  sense-enjoyments,  who  are  purified  and 
perfectly  restrained,  realise  this  Supreme 
Truth  and  at  the  end  attain  the  Supreme 
Bliss  through  their  Self-realisation. 

[  Safifi}'asins — lit.  those  who  struggle  after 
Realisation. 

Pacified — refers  to  control  of  the  mind.  Res- 
trained— to  control  of  the  senses. 

End  &c, — They  attain  Videhamukti  or  dis- 
embodied, absolute  Freedom  after  the  fall  of  their 
body.  ] 

472.  Thou,  too,  discriminate  this  Su- 
preme Truth,  the  real  nature  of  the  Self, 
which  is.  Bliss  undiluted,  and  shaking  off 
thy  delusion  created  by  thy  own  mind,  be 
free,  and  illumined,  and  attain  the  con- 
summation of  thy  life.  ' 

[  Thou,  too,  &c. — The  Guru  is  addressing  the* 
disciple. 

Undiluted — unmixed,  i.  e.  absolute. 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  205 

Illuviined — lit.  awakened,  i.  e.  from  this  unreal 
dream  of  duality.  ] 

473.  Through  Samadhi  in  which  the 
mind  has  been  perfectly  stilled,  visualise 
the  Truth  of  the  Self  with  the  eye  of  clear 
Realisation.  If  the  meaning  of  the 
(scriptural)  words  heard  from  the  Guru 
is  perfectly  and  indubitably  discerned, 
then  it  can  lead  to  no  more  doubt. 

[  Samadhi— \.  e.  the  highest  or  Nirvikalpa 
Samadhi. 

Scriptural  words — such  as  "Thou  art  That," 
and  so  on. 

Discerned — realised  in  Samadhi.  ] 

474.  In  the  realisation  of  the  Atman, 
the  Bxistence-Knowledge-Bliss  Absolute, 
through  the  breaking  of  one's  connection 
with  the  bondage  of  Avidya  or  Ignorance, 
scriptures,  reasoning,   and  the  words  of 


206  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

the  Giini  are  the  tests,  while  one^s  own 
experience  earned  by  concentrating  the 
mind  is  another  proof. 

[  Texts :  The  word  '  Pramana '  can  be  translated 
also  as  'proofs '  or  'authority.' 

Scriptures — which  tell  of  one's  eternal  identity 
with  Brahman,  and  declare  all  duality  to  be  unreal. 

Reaso?iing — upon  those  scriptural  statements  so 
as  to  be  convinced  of  their  truth.  For  instance, 
one  can  argue  that  bondage  being  a  creation  of 
one's  mind  must  be  unreal  and  that  Knowledge 
of  Brahman  dispels  it,  and  so  on. 

Words Guru:  The  Guru  is  a  man  of  Reali- 
sation and  perfectly  unselfish  and  all-loving.  He 
is  therefore  an  Apta,  and  as  such  his  words  are 
authority. 

One's  own  experience  &'c. :  This  is  the  ultimate 
test.     For  otherwise  one  is  not  perfectly  satisfied. 

Concefitrating  &'c. — in  Samadhi.  ] 

475.  Bondage,  liberation,  satisfaction, 
anxiety,  recovery  from  illness,  hunger  and 
such  other  things  arc  known  only  to  the 
man  concerned,  and  knowledge  of  these 
to  others  is  a  mere  inference. 

[  hiference:  Others  merely  guess  at  them  through 
signs.  ] 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  207 

476.  The  Gtinis,  as  well  as  the  Srntis, 
instruct  the  disciple,  standing:  aloof;  while 
the  man  of  realisation  crosses  (Avidya)' 
thronoh  Illumination  alone,  backed  by  the 
grace  of  God. 

[The  Gurus    &c. — This  instructron   is  parohha 
or  indirect,  while  the  aspirant's  own  experience  in 
Samadhi  is   aparoksha  or   direct.     The   former  is 
the  means  to  the  latter.  ] 

Ml ,  Himself  knowing  his  own  indivi- 
sible Self  through  his  own  realisation, 
and  thus  becoming  perfect,  a  man  should 
stand  face  to  face  with  the  Atman,  with 
his  mind  free  from  dualistic  ideas. 
[Face  to  fact — i.  e.  must  live  in  Atman.  ] 

a^  #T^:  ^^qr  5T^ir  I 


rv«N 


478.  The  verdict  of  all  discussions  on 
Vedanta  is  that  the  Jiva  and  the  whole  uni- 
verse are  nothing  but  Brahman,  and  that 
liberation  means  abiding  in  Brahman,  the 
indivisible  Entity.  While  the  Srutis  them- 
selves are  authority  (for  the  statement) 


20Z  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

that   Brahman  is  One   without  a   second. 

[  Abiding  iti  Brahman — as  opposed  to  daalistic 
ideas. 

The  teacher's  address  begun  in  Sloka  213  ends 
here.  ] 

479.  Realising  the  Supreme  Truth  at 
a  blessed  moment,  through  the  above  in- 
structions of  the  Guru,  the  authority  of 
the  scriptures  and  his  own  reasoning, 
with  his  senses  pacified  and  the  mind 
concentrated,  (the  disciple)  became  im- 
movable in  form  and  perfectly  established 
in  the  Atman. 

480.  Concentrating  the  mind  for  some 
time  in  the  Supreme  Brahman  he  rose, 
and  out  of  supreme  bliss  spoke  as  follows : 

[  Rose — came  down  to  the  ordinary  sense-plane.] 


VIYEKACIIUDAMANI  209 

481.  My  mind  has  vanished,  and  all 
its  activities  have  melted,  by  realising  the 
identitv  of  the  Brahman  and  the  self;  I 
do  not  know  either  this  or  not- this;  nor 
what  or  how  much  the  boundless  Bliss 
(of  Samadhi)  is! 

[  This  or  not-this—2\\  relative  ideas,  that  is. 
\Vhat  or  hoiv  much  &c. — The  Bliss  experienced 
in  Samadhi  is  inexpressible  and  immeasurable.  ]        / 

482.  The  majesty  of  the  ocean  of  Su- 
preme Brahman,  replete  with  the  current 
of  the  nectar-like  Bliss  of  the  Self,  is 
verily  impossible  to  express  in  speech,  nor 
can  it  be  conceived  by  the  mind, — in  an 
infinitesimal  fraction  of  which  mv  mind 
melted  like  a  hailstone  getting  merged  in 
the  ocean,  and  is  now  satisfied  by  that 
Essence  of  Bliss. 

[  Infinitesivial  fr action  :  Lit.  a  particle  of  whose 
part's  part.  The  Avyaktam  or  Unmanifest  is  a 
part  of  Brahman  (through  Upadhi  or  superimposed 
limitations );  the  Sutratman  or  the  Cosmic  Mind 
is,  again,  part  of  that;  while  the  Virat  or  the 
Being     who  considers   himself     as   the     Cosmic 

N 


^^ 


210.  VTVEKACHUBAMAM^I 

JBody,.  is  a  fraction  of  this  last.  The- bliss  of  thi> 
Virat  e^'en  is  enough  to  melt  the  finite  mind: 
Compare  Sri  Ramakrishna's  story  of  a  ship-  that 
came  near  a  magnetie  Fock  and  had  all  its  bolts' 
drawn  out,  so  that  it  was  rediKed  to  its  priatine- 
condition. 

Haihtone  &-c. :  The  hailstones  that  accompany 
a  shower  of  rain  on  the  ocean  quickly  melt  and' 
become  one  with  it. 

Now- — after  return  to  the  normal  plane  of  con- 
sciousness. ] 

f^  ^  %5r  ^  •fr#  ^%  ^T^ff&t  ^'Tcf  \ 

483'..    Where   is   the   universe  gone^   by 
v/hont  removed,  and  whers^  is'  it  mei^ed? 
It  was   xust   now  seen  by  me,  and  has   it 
ceased  to  exist? — It  is  parsing*  strange! 


*v  • 


TWf  f^  T^g^^  T^^^ir^  r^r^^ipc  ^ 

484.  In  the  ocean  ©f  Brahman  filled  with 
the  nectar  of  Absolute  BIi&&,.  what  is  to> 
be  shtmaaed  and  what  ajccepted,  what  is^ 
other  (than^  oneself )<  and  what  different? 

[  What  shunned  &^c. — There  is  nothing  besides- 
the  One  Atman^  and  the  aspirant  is  identified  with 
That.  ] 


K 


^Smi^^  H^t^?S[i:qi3|TTW  K^tt^ii:  \w^% 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  211 

485.  I  do  not  see,  or  hear,  or  know 
anything  in  this.  I  exist  as  the  Self, 
the  Eternal  Bliss — distinct  from  every- 
thing else. 

[  See  &'c. — All  finite  ideas  have  ceased. 
In  ihis — state  of  Realisation. 

Distinct  from  everything  else — being  the  Subject, 
whereas  all  else  are  objects.  ] 

486.  Repeated  salutations  to  thee,  O 
noble-minded  Teacher,  who  art  devoid  of 
attachment,  the  best  among  the  good 
souls,  the  embodiment  of  the  essence  of 
Eternal  Bliss — the  One  without  a  second, — 
who  art  infinite,  and  ever  the  boundle.ss 
ocean  of  mercy;  — 

487.  Whose  glance,  like  the  showier  of 
concentrated  moonbeams,  has  removed 
my  exhaustion  brought  on  by  the  aflaiction.'^ 


212  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

of  the  world,  and  in  a  moment  admitted 
me  to  the  nndecaying  status  of  the  Atman, 
the  BHss  of  infinite  majesty! 

[Afflictions world — those  arising    from    the 

body,  from  other  creatures  and  from  physical 
phenomena.  ] 

^?^rs^  ^^^^Tst  f^gT?7tst  ^^^^Fci;  i 

488.  Blessed  am  I,  I  have  attained  the 
consummation  of  my  life,  and  am  free 
from  the  clutches  of  transmigration, — I 
am  the  Essence  of  Eternal  Bliss,  I  am 
infinite, — all  through  thy  mercy! 

489.  I  am  unattached,  I  am  disembodied, 
I  am  free  from  the  subtle  body,  and  nn- 
decaying. I  am  pacified,  I  am  infinite,  I 
am  taintless,  and  eternal. 

[^Disembodied subtle    body.  I  have   realised 

my  identity  with  the  Atman,  and  no  longer  con- 
sider myself  as  a  body  or  mind.  ] 

490.  I  am  not  the  doer,  I  am  nor  the 
enjoyer,    I   am   changeless,    and    beyoud_ 


^ 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  213 

activity;  I  am  the  Essence  of  Pure  Knowl- 
edge, I  am  Absolute,  and  indentified  with 
Eternal  Good. 

[  Not  the  doer  &c, — It  is  the  man  under  delusion 
\vho  thinks  himself  as  these.  But  I  am  Illumined.] 

491.  I  am  indeed  different  from  the  seer, 
listener,  speaker,  and  enjoyer;  I  am  the 
Atnian — eternal,  without  any  break,  be- 
yond activity,  limitless,  unattached,  and 
infinite  Knowledge. 

I"  Different  from  the  seer  &c.~\  never  identify 
myself  with  any  activity  ©f  the  organs  or  the  mind, 
for  I  am  no  longer  finite.  ] 

492.  I  am  neither  this  nor  that,  but  the 
Illuminer  of  both;  I  am  indeed  Brahman, 
the  One  without  a  second,  pure,  devoid  of 
interior  or  exterior,  and  infinite. 

[  Neither  this  nor  //^a/— things  that  come  under 
direct  or  indirect  perception.  It  is  the  body  \Yhich 
makes  ideas  of  nearness  or  remoteness  etc. 
possible.  ] 


214  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

493.  I  am  indeed  Brahman,  the  One 
without  a  second,  matchless,  the  Reality 
that  has  no  beginning,  beyond  such  imagi- 
nations as  thou  or  I,  or  this  or  that,  the 
Essence  of  Eternal  Bliss,  the  Truth. 

494.  I  am  Narayana,  the  slayer  of 
Naraka,  I  am  the  destroyer  of  Tripura, 
the  Witness  of  everything;  I  have  no 
other  Ruler  but  myself,  I  am  devoid  of 
the  ideas  of  'I'  and  'mine.' 

[  Naraka — a   demon,   son   of   Earth,   killed  by 
Vishnu. 

Tripura — the    demon     of   the    "  three  cities,'* 

destroyed  by  Shiva.  ] 


** 


495.  I  alone  reside  in  all  beings  as 
Knowledge,  being  their  internal  and  ex- 
ternal support.  I  myself  am  the  enjoyer 
and  all  that  is    enjoyable, — whatever  I 


VIVEKACHUDAMANl  215 

looked   upon   as    '  this'   or    the    not-Self 

previously. 

[  Support — being  the  substratum  of  all  super- 
impositJone. 

Previously — before  Realisatioti.  ] 

496.  In  me,  the  ocean  of  Infinite  Bliss, 
the  waves  of  the  universe  are  created  and 
destroyed  by  the  playing  of  the  wind  of 
Maya. 

497.  Such  ideas  as  gross  and  so  forth 
are  erroneously  imagined  in  me  by  people 
through  the  manifestation  of  things 
superimposed, — just  as  in  the  indivisible 
and  absolute  time  cycles,  years,  half-years 
and  seasons  etc.  are  imagined. 

[Cj'cles — The  pericxi  of  duration  of  the  Universe.] 


«v  /^ 


rsf 


% 


m6  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

49S.  That  which  is  superimposed  by  th.e 
grossly  ignorant  fools  can  never  taint  the 
substratnra :  The  great  rush  of  waters  ob- 
served in  a  mirage  never  wets  the  desert 
tracts. 


<^   r^ 


499.  I  am  beyond  contamination  like 
the  sky;  I  am  distinct  from  things  ilhi- 
mined  like  the  sun;  I  am  always  motion- 
less like  the  mountain;  I  am  limitless  like 
the  ocean. 


"•^        "s   •s  •  "N        »^  •v 


500.     I  have   no   connection,    with     the 
body,  as  the  sky  with  the  clouds;  so  how 
can  states  of  wakefulness^  dream  and  pro- 
found sleep,  which  are  attributes  of  the. 
body,  affect  me? 

^  a:^  ^mn?T  rnxxm  g^  \    ' 
^  n:^  ^T^rC  ra^  ^2rrt 


VIVEKACHUDAMANF  217 

501.  It  is  the  Upadhi  (superimposed  at- 
tribute) that  comes,  and  it  is  that  alone 
which  goes;  that  again  performs  actions 
and  enjoys  (  their  fruits  ) ,  that  alone 
decays  and  dies,  whereas  I  ever  remain 
firm  like  the  Kula  mountain. 

[  A'ula  moufi/diu— mQiMion^d  \n    the   Puranas  as 
being  svonderfully  stable.  ] 

502.  There  is  neither  engaging  in  work 
nor  cessation  from  it  for  me  who  am  al- 
ways :he  same  and  devoid  of  parts.  How 
can  that  which  is  One,  concentrated, 
without  break,  and  infinite  Hke  the  sky^ 
ever  exert? 

[  Cvncenlrated — like  a  lump  of  sak   which   con- 
sists of  nothing  but  salt.] 

503.  How    can   there    be    merits     and; 
demerits  for  me  who  am  without  orgaus^y 


2t8  VrV^EKACHUDAMANI 

withoiit  mind,  changeless,  and  formless, — 
who  am  the  Realisation  of  Bliss  Absolute? 
The  Sruti  also  mentions  this  in  the  pas- 
sage, "  Not  touched  &c." 

[  Sru^i  &c. — Brihadaranyaka  Upa.,  IV.  iii.  22 — 
{In  the  state  of  profound  sleep  a  man  becomes) 
■"■  Untouched  by  merits  and  untouched  by  demerits, 
for  he  is  then  beyond  all  the  afflictions  of  the 
heart."  It  may  be  added  here  that  the  experience 
of  the  Sushupta  state  is  cited  in  the  Sruti  merely 
as  an  illustration  of  the  liberated  state,  which  is 
the  real  state  of  the  Atman,  beyond  all  misery. 
Vide  Sankara's  commentary  on  the  chapter.  ] 

504.  If  heat  or  cold,  good  or  evil  hap- 
pens to  touch  the  shadow  of  a  man's  body, 
it  affects  not  in  the  least  the  man  him- 
self, who  is  distinct  from  the  shadow. 

^  ^rf^nf  Hr^^wr:  ^^?s[rf?cr  f^^^iirq: 

505.  The  properties  of  things  manifested 
do  not  affect  the  Witness  which  is  distinct 
from  them,  changeless,  and  indifferent, — 
as  the  properties  of  a  room  (do  not  affect) 
the  lamp  (that  illumines  it) . 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  219 


•s      t  ^   ^     ^      ^^ 


506.  As  the  sun  is  a  witness  with  re- 
gard to  men's  actions,  and  fire  burns 
everything  without  distinction,  and  as  the 
rope  is  related  to  a  thing  superimposed 
on  it, — so  am  I,  the  unchangeable,  intel- 
ligent Self. 

[Sun actions — people    do     good    and     bad 

deeds  with  the  help  ot  sunlight,  but  the  sun  is  un- 
affected by  their  results. 

Rope  etc. — the  relation  of  the  rope  to  the 
snake  is  wholly  fictitious. 

So  am  I  etc. — unconcerned  with  the  activities  of 
the  Buddhi.  ] 

507.  I  am  neither  the  doer  nor  do  I 
make  others  do  any  action;  I  am  neither 
the  enjoyer  nor  do  I  make  others  enjoy; 
I  neither  see  nor  do  I  make  others  see;  — 
I  am  that  Self -effulgent,  Transcendent 
Atman. 

[  I  am  neither  &c. — I  am  free  from  all  activity, 
direct  or  indirect. 

Transcendent — beyond  the  range  of  sense.  ] 


220  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

sRcTTOT  wg^rfer  Wcfrsfer  kr^  iiv^o^t; 

508.  When  the  supervening  adjunct 
(Upadhi)  is  moving,  the  movement  of  the 
reflection  which  is  due  to  the  Upadhi  is 
ascribed  by  fools  to  the  object  reflected, 
such  as  the  snn,  which  is  free  from  activity, 
—  (and  they  think)  "I  am  the  doer,"  "I 
am  the  enjoyer,"  "I  am  killed,  oh  alas!" 

[  Supervening  adjunct — e.  g.  water,  in  which  the 
sun  is  reflected.  It  is  the  water  that  moves  and 
with  it  the  reflection,  but  never  the  sun,  though 
ignorant  people  may  think  the  sun  is  also  moving. 
Similarly,  all  activity  which  belongs  to  the  Buddhi 
under  the  reflection  of  the  Atman,  is  erroneously 
attributed  to  the  latter. 

'- 1  am  the  doer,''  &c. — This  is  how  the  igno- 
rant man  thinks  and  wails.  ] 

509.  Let  this  inert  body  drop  down  in 
water  or  on  land,  I  am  not  touched  by  its 
properties,  like  the  sky  by  the  properties 
of  the  jar. 

[  Not  touched Jar — Just  as  the  sky  seemingly 

enclosed  in  a  jar  is  one  with  the  infinite  sky,  and 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  221 

IS  always  the  same  whether  the  jar  is  broken  or 
not,  similarly  is  the  Atman  always  the  same  despite 
Its  apparent  relation  to  the  body.  ] 

c 

510.  The  passing  states  of  the  Buddhi 
such  as  agentship,  enjoyment,  cunning, 
drunkenness,  dullness,  bondage,  freedom 
and  so  on,  are  never,  in  reality,  in  the  Self, 
the  Supreme  Brahman,  the  Absolute,  the 
One  without  a  second. 

[  The  Atman  is  Knowledge  Absolute,  which 
admits  of  no  change,  while  the  Buddhi  or  determi- 
native faculty,  being  inert,  is  subject  to  change. 
So  the  confusion  of  the  characteristics  of  the  Self 
\vith  those  of  Buddhi  is  solely  due  to  super- 
imposition.  ] 

511.  Let  there  be  changes  in  Prakriti  in 
ten,  hundred,  or  a  thousand  ways,  what 
have  I — the  unattached  Knowledge  Abso- 
lute— got  to  do  with  them? — Never  do  the 
clouds  touch  the  sky ! 

[Prakri/i — the     Undifferentiated,   described   in 
Slokas  io8  and  following.  ] 


222  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

512.  I  am  verily  that  Brahman,  the  One 
without  a  second,  which  is  like  the  sky, 
subtle,  without  beginning  or  end,  in  which 
the  whole  universe  from  the  Undifferentia- 
ted down  to  the  gross  body,  appears  merely 
as  a  shadow. 

[Appears shadow — to  the  ignorant,  j 

513.  I  am  verily  that  Brahman,  the 
One  without  a  second,  which  is  the  sup- 
port of  all,  which  illumines  all  things, 
which  has  infinite  forms,  is  omnipresent, 
devoid  of  multiplicity,  eternal,  pure,  un- 
moved, and  absolute. 

[  Support  of  all — being  the  one   substratum  of 
all  phenomena,  j 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  223 

514.  I  am  verily  that  Brahman^  the  One 
without  a  second,  which  transcends  the 
endless  differentiations  of  Maya,  is  the  in- 
most essence  of  all^  beyond  the  range  of 
consciousness, — which  is  Truth,  Knowl' 
edge^  Infinitude,  and  Bliss  Absolute. 

[  Maya — Same  as  Prakriti  or  Avyakta. 

Trtith — may  be  translated  as  Existence.  Thi» 
line  sets  forth  the  Szuarnpa  Lakshana  or  essentia! 
characteristics  of  Brahman,  as  distinct  from  It* 
Tatastha  Lakshana  or  indirect  attributes,  such  a* 
creatorship  of  the  universe  and  so  on.  ] 

515.  I  am  withoait  activity,  changeless^ 
without  parts,  formless,  absolute,  eternal,, 
wdthout  any  other  support,  the  One  with- 
out  a  second. 

[  Without support:  Brahman  is  Itself  Its- 
own  support.  ] 


224  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

516.  I  am  the  Universal,  I  am  the  All, 
I  am  transcendent,  the  -One  without  a 
second.  I  am  Absolute  and  Infinite  Knowl- 
edge,  I  am  Bliss,  and  indivisible. 

{^Indivisible — without  break.  ] 

517.  This  splendour  of  the  sovereignty 
of  Self-effulgence  I  have  received  by  virtue 
of  the  supreme  majesty  of  thy  grace.  Salu- 
tation to  thee,  O  glorious,  noble-minded 
Teacher, — salutations  again  and  again! 

[  Sel/-effulgenc€ — hence,  absolute  independence. 
The  disciple  is  beside  himself  with  joy,  and  hence 
the  highly  rhetorical  language.  ] 

518.  O  Teacher,  thou  hast  out  of  sheer 
grace  awakened  me  from  sleep  and  com- 
pletely saved  me,  who  was  wandering,  in 
an  interminable  dream,  in  a  forest  of 
birth,  decay  and  death  created  by  illusion, 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  225 

being  tormented  day  after  day  by  count- 
less afflictions,  and  sorely  troubled  by  the 
tiger  of  Egoism. 

[  Sleep — of  Nescience,  which  also  creates  the 
*  dream,'  two  lines  further  on. 

Forest — i.  e.  diHicult  to  come  through. 

Day  after  day :  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that 
even  a  short  dream  may,  to  the  dreamer's  mmd, 
appear  as  extending  over  years.  ] 

519.  Salutation  to  thee,  O  Prince  of 
Teachers,  thou  unnamable  Greatness, 
that  art  ever  the  same,  and  dost  manifest 
thyself  as  this  universe, — thee  I  salute! 

[  Greatness  &c. — The  Guru  is  addressed  as 
Brahman  Itself  by  the  grateful  disciple.  Hence 
the  use  of  epithets  applicable  to  Brahman.  Com- 
pare the  salutation  IMantram  of  the  Guru-Gita : 
"  The  Guru  is  Brahma,  the  Guru  is  Vishnu,  the 
Guru  is  Shiva,  the  God  of  Gods.  The  Guru  verilv 
is  the  Supreme  Brahman.  Salutations  to  that  ado- 
rable Guru!"] 


226  VIVEKACHUDAMANT 

520.  Seeing-  the  worthy  disciple  who  had 
attained  the  Bliss  of  the  Self,  realised  the 
Truth,  and  was  glad  at  heart,  thus  pros- 
trating himself,  that  noble,  ideal  Teacher 
again  addressed  the  following  excellent 
words: 

521.  The  nniverse  is  an  unbroken 
series  of  perceptions  of  Brahman,,  hence 
it  is  in-  all  respects  nothing  but  Brahman, 
See  this-  with  the  eye  of  illr&mination  and 
a  serene  mind,  under  all  circumstances. 
Is  one  who- has  eyes  ever  found  to  see 
all  around  anything  else  but  forms? 
Similarly,  what  is  there  except  Brahman 
to  engage  the  intellect  of  a  man  of  reali- 
sation? 

[  Sei'ies ......Brahman- — Existence^.     KncHvIedge, 

and  Bliss  which  are  the  Essence  of  Brahman  can 
be  found,  upon  analysis,  as  underlying,  every  per- 
ception of  ours.  By  another  way  of  reasoning,, 
the  world  is  simply  Brahman  seen  through  a  veil 
of  name  and  form,  which  are  contFibuted  by  th« 
mind.  It  is  X  +miQdy  as  Swami  Vivekananda  has 
put  it. 


VIVEKACHUDAMAM  22/ 

One  who  has  eyes — -suggests  a  discriminaling 
man  whose  view  of  life  will  be  difTerent  from  that 
of  the  ordinary  man.  Hence  he  can  generalise 
the  objective  world  as  so  m^ny/orms.  '  Form  ' 
implies  'colour,'  which  also  is  a  meaning  of  the 
word  '  Rupa.'  ] 

522.  What  wise  man  would  discard  that 
enjoyment  of  Supreme  Bliss  and  revel   in 
things  unsubstantial?     When  the  exceed-    ^ 
ingly  charming  moon   is    shining,     who    i 
would  wish  to  look  at  a  painted  moon? 

^h:  g^  mg  ^^rcm%^r  \Wi\\\ 

523,  From  the  perception  of  unreal 
things  there  is  neither  satisfaction  nor  a 
cessation  of  misery.  Therefore,  being 
satisfied  with  the  realisation  of  the  Bliss 
Absolute,  the  One  without  a  second,  live 
happily  in  a  state  of  identity  with  the 
Real  Brahman. 


228  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

-  [  Neither  satisfaction  &c. — Compare  the  cele- 
brated verse — "  Never  is  desire  appeased  by  the 
enjoyment  of  sense-pleasures,"  &c.  ] 

524.  Beholding  the  Self  alone  in  all 
circumstances,  thinking  of  the  Self,  the  One 
without  a  second,  and  enjoying  the  Bliss 
of  the  Self,  pass  thy  time,  O  noble  soul! 

525.  Dualistic  conceptions  in  the  Atman, 
the  Infinite  Knowledge,  the  Absolute,  are 
like  imagining  castles  in  the  air.  There- 
fore, always  identifying  thyself  with  the 
Bliss  Absolute,  the  One  without  a  second, 
and  thereby  attaining  Supreme  Peace,  re- 
main quiet. 

[  Quiet — as  the  Witness.     How  he  is  to  live,  is 
explained  in  the  next  verse.  ] 

ai^T^iT^r  3^%5fr  ^^R^jfr 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  229 

526.  The  restful  state  of  the  mind — 
which  is  the  root  of  unreal  imaii^inings — 
of  the  noble  knower  of  Brahman,  in  a 
state  of  identity  with  Brahman,  is  Su- 
preme Quietude,  in  which  there  is  con- 
stant enjoyment  of  the  Bliss  Absolute, — 
the  One  without  a  second. 

527 .  To  the  man  who  has  realised  his 
own  nature,  and  drinks  the  undiluted 
Bliss  of  the  Self,  there  is  nothing  more 
exhilarating  than  the  quietude  that  comes 
of  a  state  of  desirelessness. 

528.  The  illumined  sage  whose  only 
pleasure  is  in  the  Self,  ever  lives  at  ease, 
whether  going  or  staying,  sitting  or  lying, 
or  in  any  other  condition. 

[  He  is  perfectly  independent.  ] 

529.  The  noble  soul  Avho  has  perfectly 


230  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

realised  the  Truth  and  whose  mind- 
functions  meet  with  no  obstruction,  does 
no  more  depend  upon  conditions  of  place, 
time,  posture,  direction,  moral  disciplines, 
objects  of  meditation  and  so  forth.  What 
regulative  conditions  can  there  be  in 
knowing  one's  own  self? 

[  Place — holy  places  are  meant.  Similarly  with 
time. 

Posture:  Which  is  an  important  thing  with 
beginners.     '  Asana '  may  also  mean  '  seats.' 

Direction — facing  north  or  east. 

Moral  disciplines — The  Yama  and  Niyama  ob- 
servances mentioned  in  Ashtanga  Yoga. 

Objects  0/  meditation — gross  or  fine.  ] 

530.  To  know  that  this  is  a  jar,  what 

condition,   forsooth,   is   necessary   except 

that  the  means  of  knowledge  be  free  from 

defect,  which  alone  ensures  a  cognition  of 

the  object  ? 

[  Means  0/  knowledge — e.  g.  the  eye  in  the  case 
of  vision,-  and  so  on,  ] 

531.  So  this  Atman,  which  is  an  eternal 
verity,  manifests   Itself   as   soon    as   the 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  2^1 

means  of  right  knowledge  are  present,  and 
does  not  depend  upon  either  place,  or  time, 
or  (internal)  purity. 

[Means hwwledge — Realisation,    to    which 

direct  perception,  inference  etc.  are  subordinate 
aids.  ] 


rv     •v 


532.  The  consciousness  that  I  am  Deva- 
datta  is  independent  of  circumstances; 
similar  is  the  case  with  the  realisation  of 
this  knower  of  Brahman  that  he  is  Brah- 
man. 

533.  What  indeed   can    manifest   That 

whose    lustre,    like   the    sun,   causes   the 

whole  universe — unsubstantial,  unreal,  in- 

■significant — to  appear  at  all  ? 

[An  echo  of  the  famous  Sruti  passage — "  He 
shining,  everything  else  shines,  through  His  light 
all  this  is  manifest."] 

534.  What,  forsooth,  can  illumine  that 
Eternal  Subject  by  which   the   Vedas   and 


232  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

Poranas  and  other  scriptures,  as  well  as 
all  beings  are  endowed  with  a  meaning  ?  . 

[  An  echo  of  Brihadaranyaka  II.  iv.  14. 

Other  scriptures — may  mean  the  Six  Systems  of 
Philosophy  or  anything  else.  ] 

535.  Here  is  the  Self-effulgent  Atman, 
of  infinite  power,  beyond  the  range  of 
conditioned  knowledge,  3-et  the  common 
experience  of  all, — realising  which  alone 
this  incomparable  Knower  of  Brahman 
lives  his  glorious  life,  freed  from  bondage. 
[  Incomparable — lit.  best  among  the  best,  j 


»v 


536.  Satisfied  with  undiluted,  constant 
Bliss,  he  is  neither  grieved,  nor  elated  by 
sense-objects,  is  neither  attached  nor 
averse  to  them,  biit  always  disports  with 
the  Self  and  takes  pleasure  therein. 
[  Undiluted  &'c. — i.  e.  Absolute  Bliss. 

Neither  attached  &c — Compare  Gita  XIV.  22-25.] 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  233 

537.  A  child  plays  with  his  toys  for- 
getting hunger  and  bodily  pains;  exactly 
so  the  man  of  realisation  takes  pleasure  in 
the  Reality,  without  ideas  of  '  I'  or 'mine,' 
and  is  happy. 

538.  Men  of  realisation  have  their  food 
without  anxiety  or  humiliation,  by  beg- 
ging, and  their  drink  from  the  water  of 
rivers;  they  live  freely  and  independently, 
and  sleep  without  fear  in  cremation 
grounds  or  forests;  their  clothing  may  be 
the  quarters  themselves,  which  need  no 
washing  and  drying,  or  any  bark,  etc. ;  the 
earth  is  their  bed;  they  roam  in  the  ave- 
nue of  Vedanta;  while  their  pastime  is 
in  the  Supreme  Brahman. 

"   This  is  a  splendid  setting  forth  of  the  free    life 
ot  a  true  Sannyasin. 


234  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

Without  fear — because  of  their  identification 
with  Brahman,  the  One  without  a  second. 

Quarters  &€. — He  goes  nude,  that  is. 

Any  bark  etc. — this  is  suggested  by  the  word  m 
in  the  text. 

Bark,  or  cloth,  or  anything  may  be  their  dress.  ] 

539.  The  knower  of  Atrnan,  who  wears 
no  outward  mark  and  is  unattached  to 
external  things,  rests  on  this  body  with- 
out identification,  and  experiences  all 
sorts  of  sense-objects  as  they  come, 
through  others'  wish,  like  a  child. 

[  No  outward  mark\  Hence  it  is  so  difficult  to 
know  them. 

^ense-objects — food  etc. 

As  they  come — in  the  working  out  of  Pr^rabdha 
work. 

Through  others''  wish — as  asked  by  his  devotees 
or  friends.  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  235 

540.  Established  in  the  ethereal  plane 
of  Knowledge  Absolute,  he  wanders  in  the 
world,  sometimes  like  a  mad  man,  some- 
times like  a  child  and  at  other  times  like 
a  ghoul,  having  no  other  clothes  on  his 
person  except  the  quarters,  or  sometimes 
wearing  clothes,  or  perhaps  skins  at  other 
times. 

[  Ghoul — with  no  sense  of  cleanliness.  It  should 
be  noted  that  these  are  some  of  the  devices  to 
avoid  the  company  of  vulgar  people. 

Skins — the  word  in  the  text  also  means  •  bark."  ] 

^^riT^^  -^w  g^:  \^^  -^^ww  mcT:  \\^\ 

541.  The  sage,  living  alone,  enjoys 
sense-objects,  being  the  very  embodiment 
of  desirelessness, — always  satisfied  with 
his  own  Self,  and  himself  present  as  the 
All. 

[  As  the  All — knowing  his  identity  with  the  whole 
universe,  as  Atman.  ] 

542.  Sometimes  a  fool,  sometimes  a 
sage,  sometimes  possessed  of  regal  splen- 


236  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

dour;  sometimes  wandering,  sometimes 
behaving  like  a  motionless  python,  some- 
times wearing  a  benignant  expression; 
sometimes  honoured,  sometimes  insulted, 
sometimes  imknown; — thus  lives  the  man 
of  realisation,  ever  happy  with  Supreme 
Bliss. 

[  These  are  some  of  the  impressions  which  the 
phases  of  a  saint's  life  produce  upon  the  outside 
world.  People  judge  him  diversely,  but  he  is 
supremely  indifferent  to  what  others  think  of  or  do 
towards  him. 

Pytho7i — which  seldom  moves  but  waits  for  the 
food  to  come  to  it.  ] 

543.  Though  without  riches,  yet  ever 
content;  though  helpless,  yet  very  power- 
ful; though  not  enjoying  sense-objects, 
yet  eternally  satisfied;  though  without  an 
exemplar,  yet  looking  upon  all  with  an 
eye  of  equality. 

\_  Powerful:  The  Atman  is  his  wealth,  power, 
and  everything.  ] 


544.     Though  doing,  yet  inactive ;  though 


VIVEKACIIUDAMAM  037 

experiencing  fruits  of  pasL  actions,  yet 
imtoiiched  by  them;  though  possessed  of 
a  body,  yet  without  identification  witli  it; 
though  limited,  yet  omnipresent  is  lie. 

545.  Neither  pleasure  nor  pain,  nor 
good  nor  evil,  ever  touches  this  Knower 
of  Brahman  who  always  lives  without  the 
body-idea. 

[  A  reproduction   of   the  sense  of  Chhandogya 
Vlil.  xii.  I.  ] 


•^  ^rs 


546.  Pleasure  or  pain,  as  well  as  good 
or  evil,  affects  only  him  who  has  connec- 
tions with  the  gross  body  etc.,  and  identi- 
fies himself  with  these.  How  can  sfood 
or  evil,  or  the  effects  thereof,  touch  the 
sage  who  has  identified  himself  with  the 
Reality  and  thereby  shattered  his  bondage? 


238  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

547.  The  sun  which  appears  to  be^ 
but  is  not  actually,  swallowed  by  Rahu  is- 
called  as  swallowed  up  by  people,  through 
delusion,  not  knowing  the  real  nature  of 
the  sun. 

[  The  reference  is  to  the  solar  eclipse. 
Nature sun — which  is  a  mass  of  light.  ] 


•^    fv 


548.  Similarly,  ignorant  people  look 
upon  the  perfect  knower  of  Brahman,  who 
is  wholly  rid  of  bondages  of  the  body  etc, 
as  possessed  of  the  body,  seeing  but  an 
appearance  of  it. 

549.  In  reality,  however,  he  rests  dis- 
carding the  body,  like  the  snake  its  slough ; 
and  the  body  is  moved  hither  and  thither 
by  the  wind  of  Prana,  just  as  it  listeth. 

[  Discarding  the  body — ceasing  to  identify   him- 
self with  the  body. 

Like  the  snake  etc. — A  reminiscence  of  Brihada- 
ranyaka  IV.  iv.  7. 

Wind — *Vayu/  which   strictly   speaking  means 

Horce.'  in  which  sense  Pranas  can  be  called  'Vayu/ 

There  is  another  reading  to  the  first  line,  ^iflH^^- 


VIVEKACIIUDAMANI  239» 

'SrN'R  f^^5T?frf  ROTrT — which  should  be  rendered 
thus  "  But  the  body  of  the  liberated  man  remivinj 
like  the  slough  of  a  snake.  J 

550.  As  a  piece  of  wood  is  drifted  on  to 
a  high  or  low  ground  by  the  current,  so 
is  his  body  carried  on  by  the  momentum 
of  past  actions  to  the  enjoyment  of  their 
fruits  as  they  present  themselves  in  due 
course. 

[  Efijoyment — includes  '  suffering  '  also.  ] 

551.  The  man  of  realisation,  bereft  of 
the  body-idea,  moves  amid  sense-enjoy- 
ments like  a  man  subject  to  transmigra- 
tion, through  desires  engendered  by  Pra- 
rabdha  work.  He  himself,  however,  lives 
unmoved,  in  the  body,  like  a  witness,  free 
from  mental  oscillations,  like  the  pivot  of 
the  potter's  wheel. 

[Like transmigration — only  apparently.  The 

Prarabdha  has  no  meaning  for  the  Jnani  who  i» 
identified  with  the  Self.     See  Slokas  453-465. 


240  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

Pivot — which  is  fixed,  on  which  the  wheel  turns.] 

552.  He  neither  directs  the  sense-organs 
to  their  objects,  nor  detaches  them  from 
these,  but  stays  like  an  unconcerned 
spectator.  And  he  has  not  the  least  re- 
gard for  the  fruits  of  actions,  his  mind 
being  thoroughly  inebriated  with  drinking 
the  undiluted  elixir  of  the  Bliss  of  Atman. 

[  For  ^r^^  in  the  last  line  of  the  Sloka.  there 
}S  another  reading  SEfR^  which  should  be  trans- 
lated as  "  including  all  minor  joys."  ] 


fv 


553.  He  who,  giving  up  all  such  con 
siderations  as  this  is  a  fit  object  of  raedi 
tation  and  this  is  not,  lives  as  the  Abso 
lute  Atman,  is  verily  Shiva  Himself,  ane 
he  is  the  best  among  Knowers  of  Brahman 

[  Fit  object — and   is  therefore  to  be  welcomec 
while  the  other  is  to  be  shunned.  ] 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  24 1 

554.  Through  the  destruction  of  the 
supervening  adjuncts,  the  perfect  Knowcr 
of  Brahman  merges  himself  in  the  One 
Brahman  without  a  second — which  he  had 
been  all  along,  becomes  very  free  even 
while  living  and  attains  the  consumma- 
tion of  his  life. 

[Merges  himself  in  Brahma7i  which. all  alon^ 

(  9^  ?T^  a^'^frT  )-r-Quoiation    from     Brihadi- 
ran^aka  IV.  iv.  6.  ] 


<T^^  agn%^^^:  ^^T  9[#^  ^VlT\  HT^XH 

555.  As  an  actor,  when  he  puts  on  the 
dress  of  his  role  or  when  he  does  not,  is 
always  a  man,  so  the  perfect  Knower  01 
Brahman  is  always  Brahman  and  nothing 
else. 

556.  Let  the  body  of  the  Sannyasin 
who  has  realised  his  identity  with  Brah- 
man, become  withered  and  fall  anywhere 
like  the  leaf  of  a  tree,  (it  is  of  little  con- 
sequence to  him,  for)  it  has  already  been 
burnt  by  the  fire  of  Knowledge. 

[  Bur  fit  etc. — Hence  lie  need  not  even  care  about 
the  creuiatit^n  of  the  body  after  death.  ] 


■24^  VIVEKACHUDAM  ANS 

557.  The  sage  who  always  lives  in  the 
Reality—^Brabman—as  Infinite  Bliss,  the 
One  without  a  second,  does  not  depend. 
Mpou  the  customary  considerations  of 
place,  time  etc.  for  giving  up  this  mass  of 
skin,  Sesh  and  filth. 

[He  may  give  up  the  body  any  Lime  he  pleases^ 
tor  H  has  cerved  its  purpose„  ] 

558,.  For,  the  giving  up  of  the  body  i& 
?iot  L-iberatio-u,  nor  that  of  the  staff  and 
water-bcwly.  but  Liberation  consists  in  the; 
destruction  of  the  heart's  knot,  which    is 

Nescience. 

\  Staff  and  water -bowl—\}ci<s^  insignia  ol  a  San- 
nyasin.  Mere  outward  giving  up  is  Kotbii:\g  ;  they 
mast  have  no  place  in  the  mind. 

Heart's,  knot — to  bind  as  it  were  the  Chit  of 
Absolute  Knowledge  to  the  inert  body.  ] 


VlVEKACnUDAMANl'  245 

S$9.  If  a  leaf  falls  in  a  small  stream,  or 
a  river,  or  a  place  consecrated  by  Shiva,  or 
in  a  crossing  of  roads,  of  what  good  or 
or  evil  is  that  to  the  tree  ? 

[  Places  of  varying  purity  are  meant.  ] 

^^^  %^^^^  "^^^^  ^n^' 

560.  The  destruction  of  the  body,- 
organs,  Pranas  and  Biiddhi  is  like  that  of 
the  leaf  or  llovver  or  fruit  (of  a  tree).  It 
does  not  affect  the  Atman,  the  Reality, 
the  Embodiment  of  Bliss — ,vliich  is  one's 
true  nature.     That  survives, like  the  tree. 

[Pranas — Viial  forces.     Buddhi — ihe   delermina- 
tive  faculty,  mviy  slaiui  here  for  the  mind  itself.  ] 

561.  Tiie  Srutis,  by  setting  forth  the 
real  nature  of  the  Atman  in  the  words, 
"the  Embodiment  of  Knowledge"  etc., 
which  indicate  Its  Reality,  speak  of  the 
destruction  of  the  superve'iing  adjuncts 
merelv. 

["  Kmdodimen/  of  ftrtoia'edge"    ^fc. — Brihadi- 


244  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

ranyakalV.  v.  13:  "As  a  lump  of  salt  is  without 
interior  or  exterior,  whole,  one  homogeneous  salt 
mass,  so  is  verily  this  Alinan,  O  Maitreyi,  the 
Embodiment  of  Knowledge  which  assumes  dif- 
ferentiations through  contact  with  the  elements  and 
ceases  to  have  them  when  these  elements  are  des- 
troyed (by  liluinination  ).  After  this  dissolution  It 
has  no  distinct  name."  It  should  be  noted  that  the 
passage  in  the  original  is  so  worded  as  to  confuse 
an  ordinary  enquirer,  as  it  did  Maitreyi  actually. 
Then  Yajnavalkya  had  to  explain  that  he  meant 
only  the  destruction  of  the  snpervetiing  adjuncts, 
and  not  that  of  the  Atman— the  Eternal  Reality — 
which  ever  is. 

Supervening  adjuncts — Such  as  water  in  which 
the  sun  is  reflected,  or  the  rose  which  casts  its 
reflection  on  the  crvsial,  or  the  air  which  produces 
a  bubble  on  the  smfacc  of  water.  When  these 
Upadhis  are  removed  th<-'  special  differentiations 
cease  to  exist,  but  the  piimip.il  thing  remains  as 
it  was.  ] 

562.  The  Sruti  passage,  * 'Verily  is  this 
Atman  immortal,  nry  dear,*'  uientioiis  tb« 
immortality  of  the  Atman  in  the  midst  of 
perishable  things  that  are  subject  to  modi- 
^cation. 

[  ^;j//z—Biihad^ianyaka  IV.  v.  14;    "Verily  \% 


vivekaciiudamani  245 

this  Alman   immorul,    my  dear,   iiidestruciible  by 
Its  very  nature  "  J 

563.  Just  as  stone,  tree,  grass,  paddy, 
and  busk  etc.,  when  burnt,  are  reduced  to 
to  earth  (ashes)  only,  even  so  the  whole 
objective  universe  comprising  the  body, 
organs,  Pranas,  Manas  and  so  forth,  are! 
when  burnt  by  the  fire  of  Realisation,  re- 
duced to  the  Paramatman  (Supreme  Self). 

{Hmk:  Another  reading  for  g^y^  is  ^j^^*^ ; 
Kata  IS  a  kind  of  straw,  and  the  otner  word  means 
cloth.  ] 

564,  As  darkness  which  is  distinct 
(from  sunshine)  vanishes  in  the  sun's 
radiance,  so  the  whole  objective  universe 
is  merged  in  Brahman. 


^r:  5j\j  v:m  o^>jt  o^iTf^cr  '^^m  ^z^i  1 

565.     As  when  a  jar  is  broken,  the  space 
enclosed  by  it  becomes  palpably  the  limit- 


246  VIVEKACHUDAMANf 

Ifiss  Space,  so  when  the  superv^eaing  ad- 
juncts are  destroyed,  the  Knower  of  Brah* 
man  verily  becomes  Brahman  Itself. 

^rt  #^  ^m  %H  ^#  ^^  ^^  ^ ! 

566.  As  riiilk  pomed  into  milk,  oil  into 
oil,  and  water  into  water,  becomes  united 
and  one  with  it,  so  the  sage  who  has 
realised  the  Atman  becomes  one  in  the 
Atman. 

[Compare     Katha    Upanishad   IV.   15,      Also, 
Muudaka  111.  ii.  8.  ] 

567.  Realising  thus  the  isolation  that 
•  comes  of  diseiubodiedness  and  becoming, 

eternally  identified  with  the  Absolute 
Reality,    Brahman,   the  sage     no    longer 

■snffeis  iransmigration. 

568.  For  his  bodies,  consisting  of  Nes- 
cience etc.,  having  been  burnt  by  the 
realisation  of  the  identity  of  Jiva  and 
Brahman,  he  becomes  Brahman  Itself, and 
how  can  the  Brahman  ever  have  rebirth? 


TlVEKACIIUDAMANl  ^47 

[  Bodies Nescunce  etc. — The  three  bodies  a^e 

causal,  subtle  ami  gross.  The  first  consists  of 
Nescience;  the  second  of  seventeen  things — five 
-sensory  organs,  five  motor  organs,  five  Pranas  (01, 
.according-  to  some,  five  fine;  elements  or  Tauinllrasj, 
Manas  and  Buddhi ;  and  the  last,  consisting  of  the 
gross  elements,  is  what  we  see.  Tliesc  three 
bodies  make  up  the  five  Koshas  or  sheaths  ::om 
the  Anandamaya  dov/n  to  the  Aanamaya-  The 
Atman  is  beyond  them  all.  ] 

569.  Bondage  and  liberation,  which  are    \ 
vconjured  up  by  Maya,  d-o  not  really  exist 
in  tlie  Atman,  one's  Reality,  as  the  ap- 
pearance  arid  exit  of  the  snake  do  not 
abide  in  the  rope  which  suffers  no  change. 

^^I^^I^^^FR:  ^T^'trt  ^x  ^%^  ^frT:  lllit^G 

570.  Bondage  and  liberation  may  bt 
.talked  of  when  there  is  the  presence  or 
absence  of  a  cover  ng  veil.  But  there  cai' 
"be  no  covering  veil  for  tb"  Brahiriiin, 
M^l'hich  is  always  uncovered  for  want  of  a 
second  thing  bes'des  Itself.  If  there  oe, 
|he  Non-duality  of  Brahman  will  Le  contra 


24^  VIVEKACHUDAMANI 

dieted,  and  the  Srutis  can   never  brook 
duality. 

[  Sriiiis......dzmliiy — e.  g.  "  One  only  without  a 

second,"   (Chhdndogya   VL    ii.  i),   "There  is   nc 
duality  in  Brahman  "  (  Katha  IV.  ii),  and  so  on.  ] 


571.  Bondage  and  liberation  are  attri- 
butes of  the  Buddhi  which  ignorant  people 
falsely  snperimpose  on  the  Reality,  as  the 
covering  of  the  eyes  by  a  cloud  is  trans^- 
ierred  to  the  sun.  For  this  Immutable 
Brahman  is  Knowledge  Absolute,  the  One 
without  a  second,  and  unattached. 

5%:\?r  s^t^cTt  ^t  g  r^^  ^'^^'>  iiX^^ii 

572.  The  idea  that  bondage  exists,  and 
the  idea  that  it  does  not  exist,  with  refer- 
ence to  the  Reality,  are  both  attributes  of 
the  Buddhi  merely,  and  never  belong  to» 
the  eternal  Reality — Brahman. 

^^m  m^m  ^$\  ^^^m^x  ^  ^rhr  i 


VIVEKACHUDAMANI  249 

573.  Hence  this  bondage  and  liberation 
are  created  by  Maya,  and  are  not  in  the 
Atman.  Hov/  can  {here  be  any  id^a  ot 
limitation  with  regard  to  the  Supreme 
Truth,  which  is  without  parts,  without 
activity,  cahi:,  unimpeachable,  taintless, 
and  One  without  a  second,  as  there  can  be 
none  with  regard  to  the  infinite  sky? 

574.  There  is  neither  death  nor  birth, 
neither  bound   nor  striving  for  freedom, 

neither  seeker  after  liberation  nor  liberated 

— this  is  the  ultimate  truth. 

[This  is  a  verbatim  quotation  from  the  Amrita- 
bindu  Upanishad,  Sloka  10.  There  is  not  much 
difftrence  between  '  Siiiihaka  'and  '  Mumukshu.'  So 
long  as  there  is  mind,  there  are  all  these  dis- 
tinctiotis,  but  the  mind  itself  is  a  creation  of 
Avid V 4.  Hence  the  highest  truth  is  that  in  which 
the«e  is  no  lelalivity.  ] 

575.  I  ha\e   to-day  repeatedly   revealed 
to  thee,  as  to   cue's  own  son,  this  excel* 


SSQ  VrVEKACMUDAMANI 

lent  and  profound  secret,  which  k  the  in- 
most piirport  of  all  Vedanta — the  crest  of 
the  Vedas — -considering  thee  an  aspirant 
after  liberation,  purged  of  the  taints  of 
this  Iron  Age,  and  of  a  mind  free  Irora 
•desires. 

[  Secret — The  discrimination    between   the   Real 
.and  unreal,  which  is  hidden  from  the  vulgar  man. 
The  teacher's  address  is  finished  here.  ] 

576.  Hearing  these  words  of  the  Guru, 
the  disciple  out  of  reverence  prostrated 
liimself  before  him,  and  with  his  permis- 
vsiou  went  his  way,  freed  from  bondage. 

577.  And  the  Guru,  with  his  mind 
^steeped  in  the  ocean  of  Existence  and 
Bliss  Absolute,  roamed,  verily  purifying 
the  whole  world, — ^all  differentiating  ideas 
banished  from  his  mind. 

578.  Thtis  bv  wav  of  a  dialocnie  between 
jthe  teacher  and  the  disciple,  has  the  na- 


'VIVKKACHUDAMANI  -35! 

ttire  of  the  Atman  been  ascertained  ior 
the  easy  comprehension  of  seekers  af;fcr 
liberation. 

579.  May  those  Sannyasins  who  are 
seekers  after  liberation,  who  have  purged 
themselves  of  all  taints  of  the  mind  by  the 
observance  of  the  prescribed  methods,  who 
are  averse  to  worldly  pleasures,  who  are  of 
pacified  minds,  and  take  a  delight  in  the 
Sruti,,  appreciate  this  sahitary  teaching  ! 

[  Sannyasins — The  word  *  Yati  '  may  simply 
mean  '  one  who  is  struggling  for  Realisaiion."  So 
also  in  Siokas  556  and  567. 

Prescribed  methods — Secondary  or  indirect  (such 
as,  saoilices  etc.)  and  primary  or  direct  (such  as. 
control  of  the  senses  and  mind  etc.).  ] 

.530.     For  those  who- are  afflicted,  in  th^ 


252  VrVEKACHUDAMANI 

way  of  the  world,  by  the  burning  pain  due 
to  the  sunshine  of  threefold  misery;  who 
through  delusion  wander  about  in  a  desert 
in  search  of  water; — for  them  here  is  the 
trhimphant  message  of  Sankara  pointing 
cut,  within  easy  reach,  the  comforting 
ocean  of  nectar — the  Brahman,  the  One 
without  a  second — to  lead  them  on  to 
liberation ! 

[  Threefold  misery — the  ddhyd/mika  (those  per- 
tau/Uig  to  ti)e  body  and  mind,  such  as  pain, 
anguish  etc.)  the  ddhidaivika  (those  coming  from 
divine  visitations  or  scourges  of  Nature,  such  as. 
cyclone,  earthquake  etc.),  and  the  ddhibhauiiha 
(those  due  to  other  creatures  on  earth). 

V/ander water — are  lured  by  the  prospect  of 

happiness  from  transitory  things,  which,  as  in  the 
case  of  a  mirage,  exhaust  them  the  more. 

Easy  reach — for  tliis  Mine  of  Bliss  is  tkeir  very 
ntttuie.  h  is  no  external  thing  to  be  acquired. 
They  h;»ve  simply  to  realise  that  they  are  already 
That. 

On  io  liberation — Uy  inducing  them  to  take  away 

iihcir  .'sell-JTnpo.sed  ve'). 

The  solemn  cudcnce  of  the  Sirdulavikridiia 
metre  makes  a  fating  termination  to  the  prophetw 
discouise.  ] 


INDEX. 

[   The  figures  indicate  the  Sloka  number.  ] 

Aspirant's  qualifications     16-7 

— questions     49 
Atman — Its  nature     106-7,    124-36,  213-25,  531-5. 
560-2 
— Its  bondage  apparent     194-202 
Avidyi,  Avyakia,  or  M^i     108-9 

— to     be     destroyed    by   the     Realisalioa     of 

Brahraan     no 
— its  components,  the  Gunas     110 

Blissful  Sheath  disci iminated     206-9 

Bondage  and  its  effects     137-8 

— is   caused   l)y    the    Veiling   and     Projecting 
Powers  of  Maya      1 4 1-4 

Brahman  :  lis  nature     237-40 

— niediialion  on  It  must  be  constant  321-30 
— how  to  realise  It     377-97,  407-Z2 

Calmness  or  Sama  defined     22 

Causal  body      120 

Concentration  :  its  means     367-71 

Desires    bt  ing    the    cause   of  Samsara  are  to  be 

upjooted     311-20 
Devotion  :  its  importance;  new  definitions  31-2 


>f.t> 

II 


i>i5c'^ple  realises  and  s^lates  his  experience  ^yg-^ti^ 
— how  he  is  instructed  to  live  after  this     521-5^ 
'Discrimination  defined     20 
I)ream-state     98-9 
Duahty  is  nowhere     398-404,  464-73,  478 

F'goism  described     IG4-5 

—ibeing     the    chief    obstacle     to    -Reaii^^-iioi*' 
should  be  shunned     298-310 

f.lemenls,  gross  and  subtle     73-4 

Kaith  defined     25 
Forbearance  defined     24 

Gross  body  and  its  objects  described  72-4,  88,  90- r 
— attachment  to  these  condemned     75-87 

Idenlification  with  gross  and  subtle  bodies  10  be 
sliunned     287-97 

—its  evil  effects  331-40 

—-ceases  after  realisation     413-7 
Ignorance  is  the  root  of  bondage     146 

— is  destroyed  by  discriuiination      147 

Knowledge  Slieath  discritninated     284-206 

Libetaiion  a  most  rare  thing     2 

— is  self-realisation,  not  scriptural  cradiuoa   of 

ceretnouials     6-7,  56-60 
—should     be     earnestly    soughts     through     a 

teacher     8-iO 
— its  means     46,  82 
— to  \)^felt  inwardly  by  oneself     474-7 
Liberation-in-iife :      its      characteristics      425-41, 

526-9,  536-59 
Material  Sf>eiHH  t.kt>t'fimtnatec!      354-64 


Ill 


MdjA — sec  under  A vii^ yd 
AHeirai  Sheath  disciiminaied      167-83 
Mind   or   *  inner   organ  '   (  Aniarikarana  }   an(t    iCff- 
various  fuiiclions     93-4 
— its  seat     103 

Ntrvikalpa  SamSdhi  is  the  way  to  Realisation  34i-6(r* 

Org^ans  of  knowledge  and  action     92 

Tranas  and  their  functions     95,  102 

I'riirabdha  :    does    it   exist   for   a  man  of  Realisa 

tion     443-63 
Profound  sleep  (  Sushupti  )     121 
Frojecling  Power  of  Rajas  and  its  offshoots   in-2, 

140' 

Realisation   conges   through     discrimination;     not 
work     1 1-5 
—its  ineans     18-9,  69-70 
—its  results     418,  421-24 
— leads  to  liberation     61-5 
— neglect  in  it  is  suicide     4-5 
— no  more  rebirth  after  it     563-74 
Djspassion  (  Vairigya  )  defined     21 
— its  culmination     424 
— its  impoi lance     29-30 

— leads  to  renunciation  372-73  and  ultiniatelj' 
to    I'eace     419 
Oispassion  and     Realisation    conduce   to   libera^ 
tion     374-6 

Samsira  compared  to  a  tree     145 

— how  destroyed      148 
Sattva,  pure  and  mixed,  and  their  functiosis   1X7-9 
.Seif-co<i(rol  01  DamA  defined     23 


I 


IV 


SeU-exertion  :  its  importance     51-5,  66 
Self-settledness  or  Samidbina  defined     26 
Self-witbdrawal  or  Uparati  defined     23 

— its  culmination     424. 
Sheaths  (five)  of  the  Atman     125,  149-50 

— should  be  discriminated  to  reveal  the  Atman 
151-3,  210-1 
Subtle  body     96-7 

— is  merely  an  instrument  of  the  Atman  which 
is  unaffected     99-101 
Superimposilion  and  liovv  to  remove  it     267-86 

Teacher:  his  qualifications     33 

— how  he  should  be  approached  and  questioned 

34-40 
— how   he    comforts   and   encourages  the   dis- 
ciple    41-7,  50,  67  8 
''Thou  art  TIjat"  explained     241-53 
— medilalion  on  this  advised     254-63 
— result  of  lliis  meditation     264-6 
Three  rare  boons     3 

Undifferenlialed—  See  Avidyi. 

Universe   from    Avyakia   down   to  sense-objectS  is 
Not-Self  and  iht;irfore  unreal      122-3 
— is  not  apart  from  Brahman     226-36,  405-6 

Veiling:  Power  of  lamas  and  its  effects    113-6,  t:^g 
Vital  Sheath  discrnninaied      R65-6 

'         V/aking  slate     88-9 

Work  but  purifies  ihe  mind      is 

Yearning  lor  iiberaiion  defined     27 


nRRATA 

Pago 

Line 

Ff)r 

Read 

no 

19 

repudiaies 

rcpmiiate 

112 

6 

>J^t7i 

^HlVl 

123 

5 

t^im 

^^q%^^ 

125 

7 

'^^ 

'ki 

131 

3 

subtle 

subtle  body 

!t 

II 

identifications 

idenitficatiori 

133 

6 

^i\'A^' 

^Jiq-^: 

139 

20 

two  for  by 

two,  for 

>» 

25 

^'^3r5? 

Jti<(5^ 

140 

II 

sense- 

the 

>> 

21 

mV 

^- 

143 

7 

^m 

^Tf^ 

J) 

^9 

5T*'i?T  '^m^ 

V^rf^^^ 

>» 

20 
last 

^m  r{m 

149 

^Nr5<mT 

HT^r^TCr 

150 

13 

^rT^lr- 

^T^lrt 

152 

12 

T^r  3T^ 

T2fr5T5T 

J» 

18 

covering 

that  covering 

153 

8 

had 

has 

5> 

17 

their 

the 

154 

19 

this 

these 

>> 

20 

secondary  mani- 

two (knower 

festation 

and  known) 

157 

6 

Sannyasins 

Sannyasin 

j> 

•      14 

in 

as 

>> 

15 

oscillalion 

oscillatiojis 

,-;■> 


WORKS  OF 
SWAMI  VIVEKANANDA 

THE    rOMPL?.TK     WORKS    OF    THE 
SWAMI    VIVEKANANDA.     Five  Voli. 

are  oui.  Price,  Board-bound,  Vols.  I.  U  A 
V  Rs.  2/12  rach.  Vols.  Ill— IV  Rs.  38 
each.  I'loih,   each  8  as.  extra. 

K  ARMA-VOr.A.  Price  12  sa^.  To  Subscribers 
'of  P.  H.  ro  a.s. 

EASr  k  \\im\     Price    in   as.     To  Sub- 

scribers  of  P.  B.  8  a,s. 

I\IV  MASTER. — \  comprehensive  lecttire  on 
Sri  Ramakrishna.  with  Mr.  P.  C.  Majum- 
dar's  account  of  the  Master.     Price  aj.    7, 

SANKHYA  AND  VEDANTA.— 8  lecttirci. 
As.  10.    To  the  Subscribers  of  P.  B.  as.  7, 

CHICAGO    ADDRESSES.— Revised     fLdn. 

As.  3.  To  the  Subscriber.^  of  P.  B.  as.  /1/6. 

JN ANA-YOGA.— (21  lectures^  Second  Edn. 
Price  Re.   1/8.     To  Subs.oi  P.  B.  Re.  1/4. 

EPISTLES  OF  SWAMI  VIVEKANANDA. 
Series  I  &  III — V,  each  as.  6.  Series  II 
(second     edition — good    get-up)    12    as. 

Scries  VI  8  as. 

LECTURES  FROM  COLOMBO  TO 
ALMORA.— -(  2nd  Edn.  )  Cloth  Rs.  2. 


THE  LIFE  OF  SWAMI  VIVEKANANDA. 
Complete  in  4  Volumes.  Price  Vols.  I-IU 
Rs.  3/4  each.  To  subscribers  of  P.B.  Rs.  3. 
V«J.  iV.  Rb.  a/'8.  To  Subs,  of  ?.  B.  Rs.  3/6. 
Popt4Ajr  Bdition— Vols.  I— III  each 
Us.  2/5.     Vol.  IV.  Rt.  i/ij. 


SnnTAD-Ta-TAGAVAD-GITA.  Text,  Enjr- 
lisli  translation  and  Nntos  bv  Swanii 
SwnTnpan:^n(l;i.  ( Secoiu]  Kditinn  )  Rs.  ?8. 
To  Snh';cribers  of  P.  B.  Rs.  2. 

SRI      RAMAKRISHNA'S-     TKACHINGS 
(mainly  edited   by   Sister   Nivedita).     In  2 
Paris.     (Clolhj   Price  Re.  i  each. 

MINOR  UPANISHADS.  Parts  I  &  II. 
(Translated  with  Text  &  Notes),  each  as.  7. 
To  Subscribers  of  P.  R.  each  as.  5. 

VAIRAGYA-SATAKAM.   Text  with  Trans- 
lotion  &.  Notes,  fjnd  Edn.  in  the  Press). 

in"   the   HOURS   OF    MEDITATION. 

Cloth-bound  as.  10. 

Works  of  Swami  Abhedananda  and  Sister 
Nivedita  are  also  available.  Catalogue  of  books 
and  Photos  free  on  application. 

Apply  to  the  Manager, 

Advaita  Ashrama  Publication  Dept., 

28  College  Street  Market,  Calcutta. 

PRABUDDHA  BHARATA 

OR,  AWAKENED  INDIA. 

A  monthly  journal  devoted  to  advanced  and 
liberal  thought,  old  and  new,  conducted  by 
the  Brotherhood  founded  by  the  Swami 
Vivekananda.  Annual  subscription  Rs.  2  only, 
including  postage.     Foreign  Rs.  4. 

The  26th  Volume  began  in  January,  1921. 
Sample  copy  4  as. 

Apply  to  Manager,  "  Prauvddha   Btiarata" 
Mayavati,  Via  Champawat,  Dt.  Almora. 


-u. ■■  ■■r-jr.Mx.vm\^wrmt^ 


ETURN     CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 
0-i^^      202  Main  Library 

DAN  PERIOD  1 
HOME  USE 

2                    : 

3 

5                                ( 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

mmi  Jl 

L  2  81987 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 


illlVI 


•  ■k'^''\f:'